Sports Catalogue 2010 (UK)

R o u t l e d g e S P O RT

Sport New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

www.routledge.com/sport

NEW Edition of Bestseller from Routledge

Research Methods for Sport Studies Second Edition

By Chris Gratton and Ian Jones

This comprehensive, accessible and practical textbook provides a complete grounding in both qualitative and quantitative research methods for the sports studies student.

The book offers the reader a step-by-step guide to the research process, from designing a research project, to collecting and analyzing data, to reporting the research, and is richly illustrated throughout with sport-related case studies from examples around the world.

December 2009: 320 pages Pb: 978-0-415-49393-2: £29.99 Hb: 978-0-415-49392-5: £95.00 AVAILABLE ON INSPECTION – visit the website for further details

NEW supporting online resource Companion Website includes:  Multiple choice questions to test knowledge  Learning activities  Powerpoint slides  Useful weblinks to online resources

Visit the companion website today

www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415493932

For more information and online ordering visit

www.routledge.com

ROUT LEDGE

CATALOGUES ONLINE Did you know that you can now browse all our Routledge catalogues in a seamless, easy-to-use online format? Packed with a great set of interactive features, these sleek catalogues make it even easier to browse, search and order your favourite Routledge titles.

Great things you can do with our e-catalogues: s lND BOOKS INSTANTLY USING THE BUILT IN SEARCH FUNCTION s BOOKMARK MULTIPLE CATALOGUES IN YOUR BROWSER SO YOU CAN RETURN TO THEM WHENEVER YOU WANT s CLICK IN THE #ONTENTS TO SKIP TO THE SECTIONS YOU WANT TO SEE lRST s EASILY SCROLL ACROSS ZOOM IN OR OUT READ IN FULL SCREEN OR EVEN TAILOR YOUR VIEWING SETTINGS s SHARE THEM INSTANTLY WITH YOUR COLLEAGUES VIA EMAIL OR POST THEM TO POPULAR SOCIAL NETWORKING sites such as Facebook and Twitter.

Want to change your view?

Just click on this icon to bring up your viewing options.

Detailed search functionality Click on the icon and begin typing to highlight relevant books instantly.

4O EXPLORE OUR WHOLE RANGE OF 2OUTLEDGE ONLINE CATALOGUES VISIT

www.routledge.com/catalogs

Found the book you want?

Want to order an inspection copy, order a book, or get more information?

Just click on any book title to open up the book’s page on our website.

R o u t l e d g e S P O RT

Page 62

Page 18

Page 35

Page 58

Page 14

Page 10

Page 14

Page 59

www.routledge.com/sport Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: sport@routledge.com Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.

www.routledge.com/sport

Cover Image © Jupitor Images

Welcome to Routledge

Sport New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

Page 62

Page 18

Page 35

Page 58

Page 14

Page 10

Page 14

Page 59

Contacts

contents Psychology of Sport and Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Motor Control and Skill Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Sport Biomechanics and Human Movement Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sport Technology, Engineering and Ergonomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physiology of Sport and Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Drugs in Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Applied Sport and Exercise Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sport Performance Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Sports Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Physical Education and Youth Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Sports Development and Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Sport and Leisure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sport Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 The Sports Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sports Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Sports Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Olympics and Paralympics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Sport and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 History of Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Philosophy and Ethics of Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Research Methods for Sports Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalogue

Editorial Enquiries Simon Whitmore – Commissioning Editor Email: simon.whitmore@tandf.co.uk

Max Novick – Commissioning Editor Email: max.novick@taylorandfrancis.com

Joshua Wells – Editorial Assistant Email: joshua.wells@tandf.co.uk

Marketing Enquiries

For all territories excluding the Americas: Natalie Butler – Marketing Manager Email: natalie.butler@tandf.co.uk

Gemma-Kate Hartley – Senior Marketing Coordinator Email: gemma-kate.hartley@tandf.co.uk

For USA, Canada and Latin America: David Jurman – Marketing Manager Email: david.jurman@taylorandfrancis.com

Rachel Markowitz – Marketing Coordinator Email: rachel.markowitz@taylorandfrancis.com

Sales Enquiries: US Jessie Taylor – Academic Sales Representative Email: jessie.taylor@taylorandfrancis.com Tel: (800) 634-7064 x 5098

key symbols

Companion Website CD

Request an Inspection Copy

CD disk included

Now available in paperback

View Inside Online

Complete Catalogue

eBooks

This catalogue only includes a selection of our titles in Sport. Our online catalogue at www.routledge.com/sport gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, author or ISBN. All the entries have a description of the book’s content.

Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Inspection Copies

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution

The Easy Way to Order Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

– Marked as ‘eBook’ in this catalogue.

Textbooks marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ can be sent to lecturers considering adopting them for relevant courses. See the order form for more information.

e-Updates

For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agent and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

P sy cho lo gy of Sport an d Ex e rc i s e

2

Psychology of Sport and Exercise

2nd Edition

Psychology of Physical Activity Determinants, Well-Being and Interventions Stuart J.H. Biddle and Nanette Mutrie

new

Psychology in Football Working with Elite and Professional Players Mark Nesti, Liverpool John Moores University, UK • How can the skills of the sport psychologist be put to best use within a football club?

• How can a sport psychologist help elite footballers perform at their maximum level?

In this groundbreaking guide to the role of the sport psychologist within elite and professional football, leading sport psychologist Mark Nesti argues that working closely with coaches and players to create a receptive environment is vital if psychologists are to add maximum value to team and individual performances.

Drawing on a decade’s professional experience working at the top level of English football, Nesti offers a detailed guide to delivering sport psychology in an elite team sport environment, from practical drills on the training field to shaping organizational behaviour at club level.

The book explores the full range of issues and themes that define the role of the professional sport psychologist working in football today, including: • mental skills training • group cohesion and team dynamics • counselling, trust and confidentiality • transitions in football • managerial and coaching philosophies • structure, communication and organizational psychology.

The book is illustrated throughout with real-world case studies, drawing on research into sixteen professional clubs across five European countries, and concludes by suggesting how other elite team sports can learn from the experiences of professional football. This is the only book to outline a holistic approach to psychology in football and to offer such a rich combination of theory and practice. It is therefore essential reading for all students of sport psychology and all psychologists and coaches working in elite team sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Knowing Professional Football 2. Support and the ’Coaching Team’ 3. Developing the Staff 4. The Liaison Officer 5. One to One Work with Players 6. Whole Team and Unit Based Sessions 7. Confidentiality and Trust 8. Creating and Managing the Environment 9. Footballing Lessons: Implications for Other Sports June 2010: 234 x 156: 212pp Hb: 978-0-415-54998-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54999-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87458-5

This second edition is updated to reflect new findings and current research directions, and includes full textbook features, such as key points and chapter summaries. A dedicated accompanying website provides lecturers and students with extensive supporting materials, including slide presentations and self-test questions.

Visit the companion website at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415366656 2007: 246 x 174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-36664-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36665-6: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366656

Sport Psychology Performance Enhancement, Performance Inhibition, Individuals, and Teams Nicholas T. Gallucci, Western Connecticut State University, USA

This book is a senior undergraduate textbook that provides a synthesis of the major topics in sport psychology, with an applied focus and an emphasis on achieving optimal performance.

2008: 235 x 178 592pp Hb: 978-1-84169-485-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-84169-486-3: £32.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841694863

4th Edition

2nd Edition

Sport Psychology

Sport and Exercise Psychology: The Key Concepts

Arnold LeUnes, Texas A&M University, College Station, USA

Ellis Cashmore, Staffordshire University, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides

The second edition of Sport and Exercise Psychology: The Key Concepts offers an updated and expanded A-Z guide to the vocabulary of sport and exercise psychology, to its central theories and most important avenues of research, and to its application in sports performance.

2008: 216 x 138: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-43865-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43866-7: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438667

This updated fourth edition of Arnold LeUnes’s textbook has comprehensive coverage of sport psychology with a healthy balance between theory and application. The strong applied approach is emphasized throughout but is essentially apparent in the second half of the book. Sport Psychology features a strong pedagogical program including interesting applied vignettes, chapter outlines, emboldened key terms with glossary, very thorough chapter summaries, student-oriented suggested readings, and numerous tables and figures to visually summarize the key concepts. This book’s shorter chapters make it easier to assign one per class.

2008: 255 x 102: 680pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6266-9: £49.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805862669

Sport Psychology: A Student’s Handbook Matt Jarvis 2006: 216 x 210: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84169-581-5: £42.50 Pb: 978-1-84169-582-2: £17.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841695822

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549998

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Psyc holog y of S p ort an d E x e rc i s e

Pure Sport Practical Sport Psychology John Kremer, Queen’s University of Belfast and Aidan P. Moran, University College, Dublin

Pure Sport: Practical Sport Psychology explains in everyday language the whys and wherefores of contemporary sport psychology – pinpointing what works and what doesn’t when it comes to performance enhancement.

2008: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-39557-1: £32.50 Pb: 978-0-415-39558-8: £14.50

Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology

David Vernon, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK

Edited by Mark R. Beauchamp and Mark A. Eys

This text draws together the expertise of international specialists to explore the unique psychological dynamics that emerge in sport and exercise groups. It is the first text to address exercise as well as pure sport applications.

2007: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42664-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42665-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93798-3

NEW IN PAPERBACK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426657

Advances in Applied Sport Psychology

FORHCOMING

Edited by Stephen Mellalieu, Swansea University, UK and Sheldon Hanton, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK Advances in Applied Sport Psychology aims to bridge the gap between research and practice in contemporary sport psychology. Now available in paperback, the book draws together reviews of cutting edge research in key areas of applied sport psychology, assesses the implications of this research for current practice, and explores future avenues of research within each thematic area.

This book surveys the scientific literature underpinning the most important skills and techniques employed in contemporary sport psychology, examining key topics such as: • imagery

• efficacy management

• goal setting

• attention control

• self-talk

• emotion regulation

• stress management

• mental toughness.

• team building Representing the most up-to-date review of current scientific research, theory and practice in sport psychology, this book is a vital resource for all advanced students, researchers and practitioners working with athletes and sports performers.

Selected Contents: 1. Imagery Interventions in Sport 2. A Framework for the Study and Application of Self-talk Within Sport 3. The Application of Goal Setting in Sport 4. Stress Management in Applied Sport Psychology 5. Getting a Grip on Emotion Regulation in Sport: Conceptual Foundations and Practical Application 6. Attention in Sport 7. A Review of Self-Efficacy Based Interventions 8. Letting the Social and Cognitive Merge: New Concepts for an Understanding of Group Functioning in Sport 9. Mental Toughness in Sport: Conceptual and Practical Issues

Exploring Techniques Used to Enhance Human Performance

Contemporary Themes

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395588

A Review

Human Potential

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology Edited by Stephanie Hanrahan, University of Queensland, Australia and Mark Anderson, Victoria University, Australia

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology is a definitive guide to the theory and practice of sport psychology. It goes further than any other book in surveying the full variety of issues that practising sport psychologists will confront in their working lives. It introduces the most important tools and skills that psychologists must employ to get the best out of their clients and, crucially, it adopts a holistic definition of the role of the sport psychologist, explaining how effective counselling, measured assessment and therapeutic models can add an important extra dimension to professional practice.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Counselling Part 2: Assessment Part 3: Theoretical/Therapeutic Models Part 4: Specific Issues Part 5: Team-related Issues Part 6: Population Considerations Part 7: Traditional Mental Skills. Conclusion November 2010: 246 x 174: 600 pp Hb: 978-0-415-48463-3: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85104-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484633

2008: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-44763-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57702-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88707-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577021

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

’This book provides a comprehensive and highly readable summary of the psychology of human potential. Readers will appreciate the excellent summaries of the theories and techniques that have been developed over the years. This book makes an important contribution to the science of positive psychology and is a must read for anyone with an interest in what works and doesn’t work in the areas of human performance and potential.’ – Philip J. Corr, Professor of Psychology, Swansea University, UK Throughout time, people have explored the ways in which they can improve some aspect of their performance. Such attempts are more visible today, with many working to gain an ‘edge’ on their performance, whether it is to learn a new language, improve memory or increase golf handicaps. This book examines a range of techniques that are intended to help improve some aspect of performance, and examines how well they are able to achieve this.

The various performance enhancing techniques available can be divided into those where the individual remains passive (receiving a message, suggestion or stimulus) and those where the individual needs to take a more active approach. Human Potential looks at a range of techniques within each of these categories to provide the reader with a sense of the traditional as well as the more contemporary approaches used to enhance human performance. The techniques covered include hypnosis, sleep learning, subliminal training and audio and visual cortical entrainment as well as mnemonics, meditation, speed-reading, biofeedback, neurofeedback and mental imagery practice.

This is the first time such a broad range of techniques has been brought together to be assessed in terms of effectiveness. It will be useful to all psychology and sports science students, practicing psychologists, life coaches and anyone else interested in finding out about the effectiveness of performance enhancement techniques.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Passive Techniques 2. Hypnosis 3. Sleep Learning 4. Subliminal Audio/Visual Stimulation 5. Visual/Auditory Entrainment Part 2: Active Techniques 6. Meditation 7. Mnemonics 8. Speed Reading 9. Biofeedback 10. Neurofeedback 11. Mental Imagery Practice 12. Peak Performance: Techniques, Themes and Directions 2009: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-45769-9: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-45770-5: £19.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457705

3

P sy cho lo gy of Sport an d Ex e rc i s e

4

The Psychology of Lifestyle

Mental Toughness

Group Performance

The Mindset Behind Sporting Achievement Michael Sheard, York St. John University, UK

Bernard A. Nijstad, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Series: Social Psychology: A Modular Course

Kathryn Thirlaway, University of Wales Institute, UK and Dominic Upton, University of Worcester, UK

’I bought Michael Sheard’s book to help with my research towards a PhD. Unlike many books of this type I found it both academic and accessible. It’s a great resource for students, practitioners or those with a general interest in Mental Toughness and its complexities. It is highly recommended!’ – Matthew Ellis, Lecturer in Coaching, Myerscough College

Mental toughness is one of the most common terms used in sport – by athletes, coaches, spectators and the media. However, it is also one of the least understood terms. This book provides a definitive and readable overview of the area, and presents the cutting-edge research in the field of mental toughness.

The book introduces the historical and conceptual arguments behind this research, and looks at the characteristics and development of mentally tough sport performers. It suggests that mental toughness is a personality style and mindset, presenting a case for its inclusion within the positive psychological paradigm. The book also explores various measures of this concept and their psychometric properties, and considers cultural and national perspectives as well as the possibility of mental toughness heredity. Sheard exposes the development and maintenance of mental toughness as a factor for successful sport and life performance, and discusses the possibilities for future research on the subject.

This book is unique in considering the idea of mental toughness as an ’achievement mindset’ and is an invaluable resource for sport and exercise psychology and science students and lecturers. It also provides an important reference for sport participants, coaches, and enthusiasts.

Selected Contents: Introducing Mental Toughness.

Characterizing Mental Toughness. Conceptualizing Mental Toughness. Measuring Mental Toughness. Developing and Maintaining Mental Toughness. Concluding Mental Toughness.

2009: 216 x 138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49109-9: £29.95 Pb: 978-0-415-49110-5: £14.95 eBook: 978-0-203-87210-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491105

’Bernard Nijstad, a brilliant and enthusiastic researcher, provides a comprehensive, cutting-edge perspective on a fascinating area of social psychology. This textbook will be a classic. I seriously could not stop reading it until the very last page.

Highly recommended!’

– Andreas Mojzisch, Institute of Psychology, University of Goettingen, Germany

People interact and perform in group settings in all areas of life. Organizations and businesses are increasingly structuring work around groups and teams. Every day, we work in groups such as families, friendship groups, societies and sports teams, to make decisions and plans, solve problems, perform physical tasks, generate creative ideas, and more.

Group Performance outlines the current state of social psychological theories and findings concerning the performance of groups. It explores the basic theories surrounding group interaction and development and investigates how groups affect their members. Bernard A. Nijstad discusses these issues in relation to the many different tasks that groups may perform, including physical tasks, idea generation and brainstorming, decision-making, problem-solving, and making judgments and estimates. Finally, the book closes with an in-depth discussion of teamwork and the context in which groups interact and perform.

Offering an integrated approach, with particular emphasis on the interplay between group members, the group task, interaction processes and context, this book provides a state-of-the-art overview of social psychological theory and research. It will be highly valuable to undergraduates, graduates and researchers in social psychology, organizational behavior and business.

Selected Contents: Studying Small Groups. Group Processes and Social Influence. A Theoretical Framework.

Audience and Co-action Effects. Motivation and Group Performance: Individual Effort on Collective Tasks. Group Idea Generation and Creativity. Group Decision-Making.

Group Problem-Solving and Group Judgment. Teamwork and Leadership. Groups in Context. Groups and Technology.

2009: 216 x 172: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84169-668-3: £34.95 Pb: 978-1-84169-669-0: £15.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841696690

Promoting Healthy Behaviour

The Psychology of Lifestyle reflects the current climate in health prevention by considering lifestyles and the inter-relationship of psychosocial concepts and theories that describe and explain people’s often unhealthy behaviours. This unique book enables readers to develop a clear theoretical and practical grasp of the psychological principles involved in all aspects of lifestyle change.

2008: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-41661-0: £73.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41662-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87095-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416627

Exercise Dependence John H. Kerr, Koenraad J. Lindner and Michelle Blaydon In this unique book the authors provide an in-depth guide to exercise dependency syndromes. They examine the condition in the widest possible sense, explore different types of exercise dependence and offer strategies for managing and treating them.

2007: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39344-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39345-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94679-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393454

Exercise, Health and Mental Health Emerging Relationships Edited by Guy E.J. Faulkner and Adrian H. Taylor 2005: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33430-3: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33431-0: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415334310

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Psyc holog y of S p ort an d E x e rc i s e

Physical Activity and Psychological Well-Being

Managing Performance Stress

New

Models and Methods

Eating Disorders in Sport

Edited by Stuart J.H. Biddle, Ken Fox and Steve Boutcher

David Pargman

Ron Thompson and Roberta Sherman, both in Private Practice, Bloomington, Indiana, USA

2000: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-23481-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23439-9: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415234399

Existential Psychology and Sport Theory and Application Mark Nesti 2004: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-28142-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39324-9: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393249

Rethinking Aggression and Violence in Sport John H. Kerr 2004: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-28663-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28664-0: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415286640

Sporting Sounds Relationships Between Sport and Music Edited by Anthony Bateman, De Montfort University, UK and John Bale, Keele University, UK and Aarhuus University, Denmark Sporting Sounds presents an eclectic collection of essays, all of which are concerned with various relationships between sport and music. This unique book includes a range of international case studies, examines the use of music as a motivational aid for players, and the historical roots of music in sport.

2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44367-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56613-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88797-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566131

’Dr. Pargman is a pioneering writer in the field of arousal and performance in sports.

He provides a wonderful overview of this field and helpful interventions which can help performers and their coaches and mentors get the most out of their talents.’ – Ian Tofler, MD, Chair of the Sport Psychiatry Special Interest Group of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

Over the past sixteen years, new theories and models have emerged in the stress and anxiety knowledge base regarding the unique forms associated with performance. Existing theories have been applied in creative and helpful ways to better explicate relationships between stress and anxiety with performance. Recently, more sophisticated statistical strategies have been applied to data collected with performers, and additional, safe and expedient strategies for managing stress and anxiety have surfaced. Despite these new advances, the field has been lacking an up-to-date and practical text for undergraduate and graduate students in performing or performancementoring programs.

Managing Performance Stress examines psychological and psychophysiological models and theories that explain causes of anxiety and stress. An easy-to-use reference work for athletes, musicians, dancers and actors as well as those who devise and conduct their training programs, the book presents exercises, coaching devices, and strategies for conquering stress and anxiety.

It is an invaluable resource for those who are performers, will be performers, or who are preparing to mentor, coach or teach performers. The principles enunciated in Managing Performance Stress apply equally to the musician holding an oboe and the athlete holding a baseball bat. The issues explored and the theories, principles, models, hypotheses discussed all bear upon and clarify arousal, stress and anxiety related to artistic and sport performance, irrespective of its kind.

Selected Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. What is Stress? Signs of Stress: Different Perspectives. Sources of Stress. What is Performance? Skilled Behavior. Assessment and Evaluation of Performance. Performance and Self-perceptions. Stress as an Inhibitor or Enhancer of Performance. The Assessment of Stress Reactions.

Cognition and Cognitive Style. Cognitive Stress Management Techniques: Planning and Understanding Cognitive Strategies. Relaxation Techniques. Biofeedback Training, Chemical Interventions, and Nutritional Considerations. Exercise. Epilogue. References 2006: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95252-1: £55.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415952521

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

’With this excellent and important book, the authors remind us that there is a fine line between striving towards peak physical conditioning and harming oneself in the process. This is sure to be an invaluable tool for all medical, psychological, and sports professionals who share the common goal of ensuring the health and fitness of all competitors.’

– Patrick Schamasch, MD, Medical & Scientific Director, International Olympic Committee Over the past fifteen years, there has been a great increase in the knowledge of eating disorders in sport and effective means of treatment. In this book, the authors draw on their extensive clinical experience to discuss how to identify, manage, treat, and prevent eating disorders in sport participants. They begin by examining the clinical conditions related to eating problems, including descriptions of specific disorders, and a review of the relevant literature. Special attention is given to the specific gender and sport-related factors that can negatively influence the eating habits of athletes.

The second half of the book discusses identification of participants with disordered eating by reviewing symptoms and how they manifest in sport; management issues for sport personnel, coaches, athletic trainers, and healthcare professionals; treatment; and medical considerations, such as the use of psychotropic medications. A list of useful resources is included in an appendix, as well as a glossary of important terms.

January 2010: 229 x 152: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-99836-9: £28.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415998369

related journals Journal of Applied Sport Psychology For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/usap

International Review of Sport and Exercise Psychology For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rirs

5

Moto r Co ntrol an d Sk ill Acqui s i ti on

6

Motor Control and Skill Acquisition New

Developing Sport Expertise

Acquiring Skill in Sport: An Introduction

Researchers and Coaches Put Theory into Practice

John Honeybourne

Edited by Damian Farrow, Joseph Baker and Clare MacMahon

Motor Learning in Practice A Constraints-Led Approach Edited by Ian Renshaw, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Keith Davids, Queensland University of Technology, Australia and Geert J.P. Savelsbergh, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Motor Learning in Practice explores the fundamental processes of motor learning and skill acquisition in sport, and explains how a constraints-led approach can be used to design more effective learning environments for sports practice and performance. Drawing on ecological psychology, the book examines the interaction of personal, environmental and task-specific constraints in the development of motor skills, and then demonstrates how an understanding of those constraints can be applied in a wide range of specific sports and physical activities.

The first section of the book contains two chapters that offer an overview of the key theoretical concepts that underpin the constraints-led approach. These chapters also examine the development of fundamental movement skills in children, and survey the most important instructional strategies that can be used to develop motor skills in sport. The second section of the book contains eighteen chapters that apply these principles to specific sports, including basketball, football, boxing, athletics field events and swimming.

This is the first book to apply the theory of a constraintsled approach to training and learning techniques in sport. Including contributions from many of the world’s leading scholars in the field of motor learning and development, this book is essential reading for any advanced student, researcher or teacher with an interest in motor skills, sport psychology, sport pedagogy, coaching or physical education.

Selected Contents: 1. The Constraints-Based Approach to Motor Learning 2. Building the Foundations: Skill Development in Young Children 3. Instructional Strategies in Motor Skill Learning From a Constraints Perspective 4. Developing Kicking Skills 5. Developing Catching Skills 6. Coordination Skills 7. Soccer 8. Penalty Kicking in Soccer 9. Rugby Union 10. Australian Rules Football 11. Basketball 12. Volleyball 13. Tennis 14. Cricket 15. Golf 16. Boxing 17. Athletics Field Events 18. The Long Jump 19. Rowing 20. Swimming 21. Sailing 22. Disability as a Constraint on the Human Movement System.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47863-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88810-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478632

Edited by three of the world’s leading scientists in sports skills acquisition and with contributions from both world class coaches and cutting edge researchers, this textbook provides a comprehensive, authoritative guide to the field.

Series: Student Sport Studies 2006: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-34935-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34936-9: £28.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415349369

Development of Movement Coordination in Children Applications in the Field of Ergonomics, Health Sciences and Sport Edited by Geert Savelsbergh, Keith Davids, John van der Kamp and Simon J. Bennett

2007: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77186-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77187-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93493-7

2003: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-24736-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24737-5: £35.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415771870

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415247375

Instant Notes in Motor Control, Learning and Development

Visual Perception and Action in Sport

Andrea Utley, University of Leeds, UK and Sarah Astill, University of Southampton, UK Series: Instant Notes

Instant Notes in Motor Control, Learning and Development provides an overview of how the brain and nervous system control movement, and how new movements are learned and improved. Due to the wide range of information contained in the book, it is relevant to students studying all sports-related courses, including sport coaching courses.

Edited by Keith Davids, A. Mark Williams and John G. Williams 1999: 234 x 156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-419-24800-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-419-18290-0: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419182900

2008: 246 x 174: 244pp Pb: 978-0-415-39139-9: £20.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391399

Skill Acquisition in Sport Research, Theory and Practice Edited by A. Mark Williams and Nicola J. Hodges 2004: 234 x 156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-27074-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27075-5: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415270755

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Sport Bio me c h an i cs an d H uman M ov e me n t A n aly s i s

Sport Biomechanics and Human Movement Analysis

2nd Edition

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Roger Bartlett

Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science Edited by Youlian Hong, Chinese University of Hong Kong and Roger Bartlett, University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Routledge International Handbooks

The Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science is a landmark work of reference. Now available in a concise paperback edition, it offers a comprehensive and in-depth survey of current theory, research and practice in sports, exercise and clinical biomechanics, in both established and emerging contexts.

Including contributions from many of the world’s leading biomechanists, the book is arranged into five thematic sections: • Biomechanics in Sports • Injury, Orthopedics and Rehabilitation • Health and Rehabilitation • Training, Learning and Coaching • Methodologies and Systems of Measurement.

Drawing explicit connections between the theoretical, investigative and applied components of sports science research, this book is both a definitive subject guide and an important contribution to the contemporary research agenda in biomechanics and human movement science. It is essential reading for all students, scholars and researchers working in sports biomechanics, kinesiology, ergonomics, sports engineering, orthopaedics and physical therapy.

Selected Contents (For Paperback Edition): Section 1: Biomechanics in Sports 1. Biomechanics of Throwing Roger Bartlett and Matthew Robins 2. The Biomechanics of Snowboarding Greg Woolman 3. Biomechanics of Striking and Kicking Bruce Elliott, Jacqueline Alderson and Machar Reid 4. Swimming Ross H. Sanders, Stelios Psycharakis, Roozbeh Naemi, Carla McCabe, and Georgios Machtsiras 5. Biomechanics of the Long Jump N.P. Linthorne 6. External and Internal Forces in Sprint Running Joseph P. Hunter, Robert N. Marshall, and Peter J. McNair 7. Biomechanical Simulation Models of Sports Activities M.R. Yeadon and M.A. King Section 2: Injury, Orthopedics and Rehabilitation 8. Lower Extremity Injuries William C. Whiting and Ronald F. Zernicke 9. Upper Extremity Injuries Ronald F. Zernicke, William C. Whiting and Sarah L. Manske 10. Biomechanics of Spinal Trauma Brian D. Stemper and Narayan Yoganandan 11. In Vivo Biomechanical Study for Injury Prevention Mario Lamontagne, D.L. Benoit, A. Caraffa and G. Cerulli 12. Impact Attenuation Performance and Injury with Artificial Turf Rosanne S. Naunheim Section 3: Health and Rehabilitation 13. Influence of Backpack Weight on Biomechanical and Physiological Responses of Children During Treadmill Walking Youlian Hong, Jing Xian Li and Gert-Peter Brüggemann 14. Ankle Proprioception in Young Ice Hockey Players, Runners, and Sedentary People Jing Xian Li and Youlian Hong 15. The Plantar Pressure Characteristics During Tai Chi Exercise De Wei Mao, Youlian Hong and Jing Xian Li 16. Biomechanical Studies for Understanding Falls in Older Adults Daina L. Sturnieks and Stephen R. Lord 17. Postural Control in Parkinsonís Disease Stephan Turbanski Section 4: Training, Learning and Coaching 18. Application of Boemechanics in Soccer Training W.S. Erdmann 19. Exploring the Perceptual-Motor Workspace: New Approaches to Skill Acquisition and Training Chris Button 20. Application of Biomechanics in Martial Art Training Manfred M. Vieten 21. Developmental and Biomechanical Characteristics of Motor Skill Learning Jin H. Yan, Bruce Abernethy and Jerry R. Thomas 22. Using Biomechanical Feedback to Enhance Skill Learning and Performance Bruce Abernethy, Richard S.W. Masters and Tiffany Zachry Section 5: Methodologies and Systems of Measurement 23. Measurement of Pressure Distribution Ewald M. Hennig 24. Measurement for Deriving Kinematic Parameters: Numerical Methods Young-Hoo Kwon 25. Methodology in Alpine and Nordic Skiing Biomechanics Hermann Schwameder, Erich Müller, Thomas Stöggl and Stefan Lindinger 26. Measurement and Estimation of Human Body Segment Parameters Jennifer L. Durkin 27. Use of Electromyography in Studying Human Movement Travis W. Beck and Terry J. Housh 2010: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-40881-3: £130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57693-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88968-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576932

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Introduction to Sports Biomechanics Analysing Human Movement Patterns

Introduction to Sports Biomechanics provides a genuinely accessible and comprehensive guide to all of the biomechanics topics covered in an undergraduate sports and exercise science degree.

Now revised and in its second edition, Introduction to Sports Biomechanics is full of visual aids to support the text. Every chapter contains cross references to key terms and definitions from that chapter, learning objectives and summaries, study tasks to confirm and extend your understanding, and suggestions to further your reading.

Clearly structured and with many student friendly features, the text covers: • movement patterns – exploring the essence and purpose of movement analysis • qualitative analysis of sports movements • movement patterns and the geometry of motion • quantitative measurement and analysis of movement • force and torques – causes of movement • the human body and the anatomy of movement.

This edition is supported by a website containing animation and video clips, and offers sample data tables for comparison and analysis and multiple choice questions to confirm your understanding of the material in each chapter. Introduction to Sports Biomechanics is a must have for students of sport and exercise, human movement sciences, ergonomics, biomechanics, and sports performance and coaching.

Visit the companion website at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415339940 Selected Contents: 1. Movement Patterns – The Essence of Biomechanics 2. Qualitative Analysis of Sports Movements 3. More on Movement Patterns – The Geometry of Motion 4. Quantitative Analysis of Movement 5. Causes of Movement – Forces and Torques 6. The Anatomy of Human Movement 2007: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-33993-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33994-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-46202-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339940

7

Spo rt Bio mechan ics an d Huma n Movem ent An alysis

8

Functional Anatomy for Sport and Exercise Quick Reference Clare Milner, University of Tennessee, USA

This accessible, illustrated guide is a must-have supplement for undergraduates across sport, exercise and health studies. The book covers all major anatomical areas and highlights the key musculoskeletal forms for sport and exercise. It includes concise explanations and descriptions of anatomical structures, human movement terms and key concepts.

2008: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-43296-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43297-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88620-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415432979

Sports Biomechanics Reducing Injury and Improving Performance

Instant Notes in Sport and Exercise Biomechanics Paul Grimshaw, Neil Fowler, Adrian Lees and Adrian Burden Series: Instant Notes 2006: 246 x 174: 366pp Pb: 978-1-85996-284-8: £20.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781859962848

International Research in Sports Biomechanics Edited by Youlian Hong 2002: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-26230-9: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415262309

related journals Sports Biomechanics For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rspb

Roger Bartlett 1999: 246 x 189: 296pp Hb: 978-0-419-24810-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-419-18440-9: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419184409

Biomechanical Evaluation of Movement in Sport and Exercise

Journal of Sport Sciences For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/jsp

Sport Technology, Engineering and Ergonomics

Sport Technology, Engineering and Ergonomics New

Projectile Dynamics in Sport Principles and Applications Colin White, ExPERT Centre, Portsmouth, University, UK • How can we predict the trajectory of a baseball from bat to outfield?

• How do the dimples in a golf ball influence its flight from tee to pin?

• What forces determine the path of a soccer ball steered over a defensive wall by an elite player?

An understanding of the physical processes involved in throwing, hitting, firing and releasing sporting projectiles is essential for a full understanding of the science that underpins sport. This is the first book to comprehensively examine those processes and to explain the factors governing the trajectories of sporting projectiles once they are set in motion.

From a serve in tennis to the flight of a ’human projectile’ over a high jump bar, this book explains the universal physical and mathematical principles governing movement in sport, and then shows how those principles are applied in specific sporting contexts.

Divided into two sections, addressing theory and application respectively, the book explores key concepts such as: • friction, spin, drag, impact and bounce

The British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences Guide

• computer and mathematical modelling

Edited by Carl Payton and Roger Bartlett

• the design of sports equipment

Series: BASES Sport and Exercise Science

This is a practical guide to laboratory and field research in sports biomechanics. The text explains measurement techniques as well as how to use software and technical equipment and can be used by students starting to do research, as well as postgraduates, technicians and academics.

2007: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-43468-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43469-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93575-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434690

• variable sensitivity • materials science.

Richly illustrated throughout, and containing a wealth of research data as well as worked equations and examples, this book is essential reading for all serious students of sports biomechanics, sports engineering, sports technology, sports equipment design and sports performance analysis.

Visit the companion website at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415473316 Selected Contents: Section 1: The Theory 1. Sports Projectile Modeling – Why, How and So What! 2. Launching Projectiles into Motion 3. Motion of Projectiles under the Influence of Gravity 4. Impact and Bounce 5. Drag and Lift 6. The Effects of Spin Section 2: Practical Applications 7. Shot Put and Hammer 8. Discus 9. Javelin 10. Golf 11. Tennis and Squash 12. Cricket and Baseball 13. Football 14. Rugby and American Football 15. Some Assorted Sporting Projectiles. Appendices May 2010: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-47331-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47332-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88557-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473316

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

p hys i olog y of sp o rt an d e x e rc i s e

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development

Contemporary Sport, Leisure and Ergonomics

Adrian Pitts, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Hanwen Liao, University of Greenwich, London, UK

Edited by the late Thomas Reilly, Liverpool John Moores University, UK and Greg Atkinson, Liverpool John Moores University, UK

This book explains how modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments.

2009: 246 x 189: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467629

Understanding the ‘human operator’ is a central concern of both ergonomists and sport and exercise scientists.

This cutting-edge collection of international research papers explores the interface between physical, cognitive and occupational ergonomics and sport and exercise science, illuminating our understanding of ‘human factors’ at work and at play. Drawing on a wide diversity of disciplines, including applied anatomy, biomechanics, physiology, engineering, psychology and design, the book explores themes of central importance within contemporary ergonomics and sport and exercise science, such as performance, health, environment, technology and special populations. Contemporary Sport, Leisure and Ergonomics establishes important methodological connections between the disciplines, advancing the research agenda within each. It is essential reading for all serious ergonomists and human scientists.

Sports Facilities and Technologies

2009: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-47272-2: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89245-9

Peter Culley and John Pascoe, Electrocomponents plc, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472722

Developers, designers and operators are increasingly needing to create versatile sport and leisure amenities that are of lasting value to local and wider communities.

Placing facilities design and operation at the heart of sports development, this book adopts a holistic approach, integrating experience in the field with collective knowledge across many different uses and technologies.

related journal European Journal of Sport Science For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ejss

Extensive use of case studies from around the world makes this book a definitive reference for practitioners and students in sports and leisure, building design and facilities management.

Winner of a merit award in the Society for Technical Communication (STC) USA National Competition 2009/10.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Sports and Facilities 1. Sports Halls 2. Squash Courts 3. Gymnasiums 4. Dance Studios 5. Swimming Pools 6. Ice Rinks 7. Integrated Sports Facilities 8. Sports-led Urban Regeneration 9. Stadiums 10. Indoor Facilities for Outdoor Sports Part 2: Facilities Development 11. Building Regulations 12. Health and Safety 13. Feasibility, Site Selection and Investigation 14. Masterplanning, Transportation and Infrastructure 15. Building Form, Structure and Facades 16. Indoor Sports Surfaces 17. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning 18. Electrical Installation 19. Facilities Management 20. Continuous Improvement Part 3: Technologies 21. Materials 22. Acoustics 23. Lighting 24. Communications 25. Security and Access Control 26. Stairways, Elevators and Ramps 27. Controls and Automation 28. Sustainability 29. Refurbishment 30. Recycling

Physiology of Sport and Exercise NEW

Exercise and Chronic Disease An Evidence-Based Approach Edited by John Saxton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

It is now widely accepted that there are important links between inactivity and chronic lifestyle-related diseases, and that exercise can bring tangible therapeutic benefits to people with chronic disease. Exercise and Chronic Disease: An Evidence-Based Approach offers the most up-to-date survey currently available of the scientific and clinical evidence underlying the effects of exercise in relation to functional outcomes, disease-specific health-related outcomes and quality of life in patients with chronic disease conditions.

Drawing on data from randomized controlled trials and observational evidence, and written by a team of leading international researchers and medical and health practitioners, the book explores the evidence across a wide range of chronic diseases, including: • Cancer • Diabetes • Stroke • Parkinson’s Disease • Heart Disease • Multiple Sclerosis • Asthma.

Each chapter addresses the frequency, intensity, duration and modality of exercise that might be employed as an intervention for each condition and, importantly, assesses those interventions in relation to outcomes that reflect tangible benefits to patients. No other book on this subject places the patient and the evidence directly at the heart of the study, and therefore this book will be essential reading for all exercise scientists, health scientists and medical professionals looking to develop their knowledge and professional practice.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Cardiovascular Disorders 2. Peripheral Vascular Disease 3. Ischaemic Heart Disease and Chronic Heart Failure 4. Hypertension Part 2: Pulmonary Disorders 5. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 6. Asthma Part 3: Musculoskeletal/ Rheumatological Disorders 7. Osteoporosis 8. Osteoarthritis 9. Rheumatoid Arthritis 10. Ankylosing Spondylitis Part 4: Neurological/Immunological Disorders 11. Multiplesclerosis 12. Stroke 13. Parkinson’s Disease Part 5: Metabolic Disorders 14. Diabetes 15. Obesity Part 6: Chronic Fatigue and Pain Syndromes 16. Fibromyalgia 17. Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Part 7: Cancer 18. Cancer Survivorship 19. Conclusion

2009: 276 x 219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45868-9: £50.00

September 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49860-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49861-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87704-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458689

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498616

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

9

P hy sio lo gy of Sport an d Ex e rc i s e

10

2nd Edition

NEW

NEW

Physical Activity and Health

Human Environmental Physiology

Clinical Skills for Exercise Science

The Evidence Explained Adrianne E. Hardman and David J. Stensel, both at Loughborough University, UK

’I wish I had had this textbook as a student – it would have made learning about the health benefits of physical activity much easier! By housing a comprehensive variety of topics in a single volume, the textbook is a wonderful resource for anyone, whether student or exercise or health professional, wanting to find out more about physical activity and health.’ – I-Min Lee, MBBS, MPH, ScD; Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School. Associate Professor of Epidemiology, Harvard School of Public Health, USA Physical Activity and Health explains clearly, systematically and in detail the relationships between physical activity, health and disease, and examines the benefits of exercise in the prevention and treatment of a wide range of important conditions.

Now in a fully updated and revised edition, and still the most complete and engaging textbook on this important subject, Physical Activity and Health offers a balanced examination of the very latest evidence linking levels of physical activity with disease and mortality. It offers a wide-ranging assessment of the importance of inactivity as a factor in major diseases and health conditions such as cardiovascular disease, diabetes, obesity, cancer and osteoporosis. The book is designed to help the reader evaluate the quality and significance of the scientific evidence, and includes an invaluable discussion of common study designs and the inherent difficulties of measuring physical activity. It also explores the full range of contemporary themes in the study of exercise and health, such as the hazards of exercise; exercise and the elderly; children’s health and exercise; physical activity and public health policy; and a critical appraisal of current recommendations for physical activity.

Containing useful features throughout, such as chapter summaries, study tasks, guides to supplementary reading and definitions of key terms, and richly illustrated with supporting tables, figures and plates, Physical Activity and Health is an essential course text. Now supported by a companion website featuring self-test questions, PowerPoint slides for lecturers, additional learning activities and web links, this book is vital reading for degree-level students of sport and exercise science, public health, physical therapy, medicine and nursing.

Mike Tipton, University of Portsmouth, UK

Paul D. Bromley, University of Essex, UK

Most of the Earth’s surface is covered by water, desert, ice or mountains. Thus for humans (a sub-tropical, low altitude, air-breathing animal) most of the planet represents a hostile environment. This important new book presents an in-depth introduction to human physiological and psychological responses to extreme environments, as well as methods for selecting, preparing and protecting individuals that enter those environments.

Drawing on a wide range of cutting edge scientific sources, including the latest research in molecular biology, the book examines human responses to short and long term exposure to heat, cold air and water, pressure, altitude, microgravity and environmental pollution. Each section contains a detailed introduction to the core science; outlines the typical hazards associated with each environment; and includes recommendations for mitigating decrements in performance and threats to life, such as acclimatization and protective clothing. The book also traces an important evolutionary theme, explaining the physiological implications of mankind’s migration from sub-tropical origins to all corners of the planet and into space.

• ’soft skills’, including history taking and communication with patients and clients

Human Environmental Physiology contains case studies, data, summaries and illustrations throughout, as well as an appendix outlining the most important methodologies and techniques employed environmental research. It is essential reading for all students and researchers working in sport and exercise, physiology, medicine or biomedical science.

October 2010: 246 x 174: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-49100-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49101-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88050-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491013

Clinical Skills for Exercise Science is an accessible and authoritative ‘how to’ guide to laboratory and clinical procedures in exercise physiology. Designed for students and practitioners working in health, medicine and exercise science, the book offers clear, practical advice on how to implement clinical skills with confidence, including authoritative guides to measurement and analysis.

The book introduces the full range of key skills and procedures such as:

• basic physical examination • understanding electrocardiography • venepuncture and venous cannulation • interpretation of blood test results, blood gas samples and lung function tests • understanding the chest x-ray • emergency procedures and resuscitation.

Clinical Skills for Exercise Science is an invaluable practical reference for all sport and exercise students and all professionals involved with patients and clients in a health, clinical or medical setting, including nurses, occupational therapists and physiotherapists.

September 2010: 234 x 156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-48156-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48159-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88547-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481595

Instant Notes in Sport and Exercise Physiology Karen Birch, Keith George and Don McLaren Series: Instant Notes 2004: 244 x 171: 224pp Pb: 978-1-85996-249-7: £20.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781859962497

Visit the companion website for Physical Activity and Health at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415421980.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Assessing the Evidence 1. Introduction 2. Nature of the Evidence 3. Physical Activity and Mortality Part 2: Influence of Physical Activity on the Risk of Disease 4. Cardiovascular Disease 5. Type 2 Diabetes 6. Obesity 7. Metabolic Syndrome 8. Cancer 9. Skeletal Health Part 3: Physical Activity in Youth and Old Age 10. Children’s Health 11. Ageing Part 4: Physical Activity: Risks and Opportunities 12. Hazards 13. Public Health 2009: 246 x 174: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-45585-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42198-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89071-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421980

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Phys i olog y of S p ort an d E x e rc i s e

Human Muscle Fatigue Edited by Craig Williams, Exeter University, UK and Sébastien Ratel, University Blaise Pascal, France

When human muscle fatigues, athletic performance becomes impaired. For those individuals suffering muscle or metabolic diseases the effects of muscle fatigue can make everyday tasks difficult. Understanding the scientific processes responsible for skeletal muscle fatigue is therefore central to the study of the physiology of sport, exercise and health.

3rd Edition - Two Volume Set Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual: Tests, Procedures and Data

Volume One: Anthropometry

Edited by Roger Eston, Exeter University, UK and the late Thomas Reilly, Liverpool John Moores University, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437202

Volume Two: Physiology

Written by a team of leading international exercise scientists, this book explores the mechanisms of muscle fatigue and presents a comprehensive survey of current research on this important topic. Examining the wide variety of protocols, assessment methods and exercise models used to study muscle fatigue, the book explores the differential effects of fatigue as influenced by: • age • gender • fitness and training • the use of ergogenic aids • medical conditions including cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy and glycogenosis.

Human Muscle Fatigue covers both clinical and applied approaches in sport and exercise physiology and devotes an entire section to the conceptual framework underpinning research in this area, helping readers from a wide range of backgrounds to engage with the topic.

Accessible and detailed, this book is a key text for students and practitioners working in exercise and sports science, medicine, physical therapy and health.

Selected Contents: 1. Definitions of Muscle Fatigue 2. Measurement Methods of Muscle Fatigue 3. Cellular Mechanisms of Skeletal Muscle Fatigue 4. Muscle Fatigue in Children 5. Muscle Fatigue in Elderly People 6. Sex Differences in Muscle Fatigue 7. Fatigue and Training Status 8. Ergogenic Aids and Fatigue During Multiple-Sprint Exercise 9. Fatigue and Neuromuscular Diseases 10. Muscle Fatigue in Muscular Dystrophies 11. Fatigue and Weakness in Patients with Inflammatory Myopathies: Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis, and Inclusion Body Myositis 12. Muscle Fatigue in Metabolic Myopathies

Kinanthropometry is the study of human body size, shape and form and how those characteristics relate to human movement and sporting performance. In this fully updated and revised edition of the classic guide to kinathropometric theory and practice, leading international sport and exercise scientists offer a clear and comprehensive introduction to essential principles and techniques.

Each chapter guides the reader through the planning and conduct of practical and laboratory sessions and includes a survey of current theory and contemporary literature relating to that topic. The book is fully illustrated and includes worked examples, exercises, research data, chapter summaries and guides to further reading throughout.

2008: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43721-9: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43720-2: £35.00

2008: 246 x 174: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-43722-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43723-3: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437233

Two Volume Set 2008 Pb: 978-0-415-46671-4: £60.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466714

The Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual is essential reading for all senior students and researchers working in sport and exercise science, kinesiology and human movement.

Kinanthropometry X

Kinanthropometry IX

Edited by Mike Marfell-Jones and Tim Olds

Edited by Michael Marfell-Jones, Universal College of Learning, New Zealand, Arthur Stewart, Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen, UK and Tim Olds, University of South Australia, Australia.

2007: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43470-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94474-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434706

2009: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45327-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45328-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88548-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453288

Instant Notes in Human Physiology Daniel McLaughlin, Jonathan Stamford and David White Series: Instant Notes 2006: 246 x 174: 410pp Pb: 978-0-415-35546-9: £20.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415355469

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

This is an edited collection of peer-reviewed papers presented at the Ninth International Conference of the Society for the Advancement of Kinanthropometry.

Defined as the relationship between human body structure and function, kinanthropometry is an area of growing interest, and these proceedings will be of use to students, academics and professionals in the areas of ergonomics, sports science, nutrition, health, and other allied fields. The assembled works represent the latest research findings across kinanthropometry, moving the discipline forward and promoting good practice and the exchange of expertise.

2008: 234 x 156: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-48493-0: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484930

11

12

P hy sio lo gy of Sport an d Ex e rc i s e

Two Volume Set Sport and Exercise Physiology Testing Guidelines The British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences Guide Edited by Andrew M. Jones, Edward M. Winter, R.C. Richard Davison, Paul D. Bromley and Tom Mercer Series: BASES Sport and Exercise Science Sport and exercise physiologists are called upon to carry out physiological assessments that have proven validity and reliability, both in sport-specific and health-related contexts. A wide variety of test protocols have been developed and refined. This book is a comprehensive guide to these protocols and to the key issues relating to physiological testing.

Volume One covers sport-specific testing, and Volume Two covers clinical and exercise testing.

With contributions from many leading specialist physiologists, and covering a wide range of mainstream sports, special populations, and ethical, practical and methodological issues, these volumes represent an essential resource for sport-specific and clinical exercise testing in both research and applied settings.

Visit the companion website at: www.routledgesport.com/bases.

Volume One: Sport Testing 2006: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-36140-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36141-5: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415361415

Volume Two: Exercise and Clinical Testing 2006: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-37965-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37966-3: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415379663

Two Volume Set 2006 Hb: 978-0-415-37967-0: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37968-7: £60.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415379687

Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport, Exercise and Medicine

Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age

Andrew M. Jones and David C. Poole

2004: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-30560-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30561-7: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415305617

new

Children and Exercise XXV Edited by Serge Berthoin and Georges Baquet, both at Lille 2 Université, France

Children and Exercise XXV presents the latest scientific research into paediatric exercise physiology, endocrinology, kinanthropometry, growth and maturation, and youth sport.

Including contributions from a wide-range of leading international experts.

Offering critical reviews of current topics and reports of current and on-going research in paediatric health and exercise science, this is a key text for all researchers, teachers, health professionals and students with an interest in paediatric sport and exercise science, sports medicine and physical education.

September 2010: 234 x 156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-57514-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85473-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575140

Children and Exercise XXIV The Proceedings of the 24th Pediatric Work Physiology Meeting Edited by Toivo Jurimae, University of Tartu, Estonia, Neil Armstrong, Exeter University, UK and Jaak Jurimae, University of Tartu, Estonia Showcasing the very latest scientific research into paediatric exercise physiology, endocrinology, kinanthropometry, growth, maturation, and youth sport, Children and Exercise XXIV is a key text for all researchers, teachers, health professionals and students with an interest in paediatric sport and exercise science, sports medicine and physical education.

Judy A. Driskell, University of Nebraska, USA Many health professionals today seem to approach sports nutrition and physical activity recommendations with a ’one size fits all’ approach.

Surprisingly, little consideration goes into addressing the changing needs of athletes as they progress in age.

Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age addresses the specific nutritional and physical activity needs of active individuals thirty to sixty years old. Judy A. Driskell, one of the world’s leading experts in the field of sports nutrition, brings together cutting-edge research on the nutritional needs and exercise recommendations for this quickly growing age group.

Internationally acclaimed experts on nutrition and kinesiology unveil their research in sports nutrition, endurance and strength training, age-related disorders, and nutrition and exercise recommendations of health organizations. They also explore the role of diet and physical activity in reducing the risk of and in treating age-related diseases such as cancer and cardiovascular disease.

Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age is a valuable resource for nutritionists, physicians, dieticians, and researchers looking to access authoritative information on exercise and sports nutrition recommendations for middle-age adults.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Introduction to Sports Nutrition for The Middle-Ages (Thirty to Sixty Years of Age) Part 1: Energy-Yielding Nutrients 2. Carbohydrates 3. Lipids 4. Proteins Part 2: Vitamins 5. Fat-Soluble Vitamins 6. Vitamin C 7. B-Vitamins and Choline Part 3: Minerals 8. Major Minerals 9. Iron 10. Trace Elements Excluding Iron Part 4: Fluids and Hydrations 11. Fluids 12. Electrolytes 13. Hydration Part 5: Other Commonly Consumed Substances 14. Caffeine and Tannins 15. Herbal Supplements Part 6: Recreational Activities 16. Strength Training Activities 17. Endurance Training Activities Part 7: Age-Related Disorders 18. Diabetes 19. Hypertension 20. Cardiovascular Problems 21. Cancer Part 8: Public Health Policies 22. Efficacy and Effectiveness of Public Health Policies to Positively Impact the Health of the Middle-Aged 23. Appendices 2009: 235 x 156: 516pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6601-2: £72.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420066012

2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45147-5: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89085-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451475

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

D rug s i n S p o rt

Nutritional Concerns in Recreation, Exercise, and Sport

Food and Nutrients in Disease Management

Drugs in Sport

Edited by Judy A. Driskell, University of Nebraska, USA and Ira Wolinsky, University of Houston, USA

Edited by Ingrid Kohlstadt, M.D., M.P.H, F.A.C.P.M., F.A.C.N, Annapolis, MD, USA

NEW IN PAPERBACK

’Food and Nutrients in Disease Management provides a wealth of information on the relationships between food, nutrients, and management of disease. All of the chapters are well referenced. The book is an up-to-date reference text that physicians, particularly family practice physicians, should have on their bookshelves. The text should be of interest to nutritionists, dieticians, pharmacists, and other health professionals.’ – Judith A. Driskell, JAMA, Vol. 302

’Nutritional Concerns in Recreation, Exercise, and Sport has an all-star line-up of sports nutrition scientists who have contributed to the book. Edited by Judy A. Driskell and Ira Wolinsky, this book covers a range of topics such as hydration, vitamins, weight management and ergogenic aids. This book is a great resource for both the basic scientist as well as the fitness practitioner.’ – Jose Antonio, Ph.D., CEO of the International Society of Sports Nutrition Athletes, coaches, and recreationalists are continually seeking ways to maximize their competitive efforts in both exercise and sport, and from 5km runners to Olympians, most athletes recognize that good nutrition is as crucial to success as ongoing practice and regular exercise. Written and edited by top-notch nutrition and exercise authorities, Nutritional Concerns in Recreation, Exercise, and Sport comprehensively covers the major nutritional concerns related to physical activity and the serious recreationalist and athlete, focusing on core questions in the growing field of sports nutrition.

This valuable resource discusses the central roles macronutrients (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and water) and micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) play in healthy nutrition. It includes practical considerations related to hydration, body weight, and the use of nutritional supplements as ergogenic aids. It also discusses the various athletic concerns athletes will likely face during different life stages, such as the young athlete, the pregnant athlete, and the aging athlete.

Concise and extensively referenced, Nutritional Concerns in Recreation, Exercise, and Sport provides the knowledge base athletes need to make well-informed dietary decisions, optimize overall health, and achieve personal performance success.

Selected Contents: Energy Requirements. Carbohydrates and Fats. Proteins. Vitamins. Minerals – Calcium, Magnesium, Chromium, and Boron. Hydration. Weight Management. Endurance Performance. Nutritional Ergogenic Aids. Life Cycle Concerns 2009: 235 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6815-3: £72.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420068153

Food and nutrients are the original medicine and the shoulders on which modern medicine stands. But in recent decades, food and medicine have taken divergent paths and the natural healing properties of food have been diminished in the wake of modern technical progress. With contributions from highly regarded experts who work on the frontlines of disease management, Food and Nutrients in Disease Management effectively brings food back into the clinical arena and helps physicians put food and nutrients back on the prescription pad.

Under the editorial guidance of Dr. Ingrid Kohlstadt, physician nutrition specialist, this authoritative reference equips clinicians with the information they need to fully utilize nutritional medicine by enabling them to adjust medication dosage with diet, diagnose and correct nutrient deficiencies, and counsel patients on food selection. An emerging recommendation may soon be, ’take 2 cups of kale, and call me in the morning’.

Selected Contents: Disorders of the Ears, Eyes, Nose, and Throat. Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Diseases.

Gastrointestinal Diseases. Endocrine and Dermatologic Disorders. Renal Diseases. Neurologic and Psychiatric Disorders. Musculoskeletal and Soft Tissue Disorders.

Neoplasms. Reproductive Health 2009: 254 x 178: 740pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6762-0: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420067620

Food, Nutrition and Sports Performance II The International Olympic Committee Consensus on Sports Nutrition Edited by Ron Maughan, L.M. Burke and E.F. Coyle 2004: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33906-3: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33907-0: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339070

Key Topics in Sports Medicine Edited by A.A. Narvani, P. Thomas and B. Lynn 2006: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-41122-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84184-441-1: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841844411

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Pharmacology, Doping and Sports A Scientific Guide for Athletes, Coaches, Physicians, Scientists and Administrators Edited by Jean L. Fourcroy, Walter Reed Army Hospital, USA The work of dope testers is constantly being obstructed by the development of ever harder-to-trace new forms of banned substances. Organisations such as the World Anti-Doping Association and the United States Anti-Doping Agency are pioneering cutting-edge techniques designed to keep competition at the highest level fair and safe, and must ensure that their drug testing laboratories adhere to the highest scientific standards. In Pharmacology, Doping and Sports these techniques and procedures are explained by the anti-doping experts who practice them.

Broad-ranging in scope, this book examines the effects of performance-enhancing substances on the athlete’s health; the role of anti-doping procedures as an ethical question, and explains the background to, and the emergence of, the anti-doping movement. The book also offers in-depth analysis of key scientific matters, such as: • standard analytical and diagnostic tests for sports doping • regulatory standards for laboratory proficiency • common performance-enhancing techniques such as anabolic and designer steroids, blood doping, growth hormones, and gene doping • carbon-isotope ratio testing.

Written by some of the world’s leading authorities on the science of sports doping, Pharmacology, Doping and Sports provides an invaluable study of up-to-the-minute anti-doping techniques. This book is essential reading for all sports scientists, coaches, policy-makers, students and athletes interested in the science or ethics of doping in sport.

2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42845-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57822-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89104-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578226

13

Dru gs in Sport

14

2nd Edition

NEW

An Introduction to Drugs in Sport

5th Edition

Addicted to Winning?

Ivan Waddington and Andy Smith, both at University of Chester, UK

An Introduction to Drugs in Sport provides a detailed and systematic examination of the extent of drug use in sport and attempts to explain why athletes have, over the last four decades, increasingly used performance-enhancing drugs.

Richly illustrated throughout with case studies and empirical data, this book is essential reading for anybody with an interest in the relationship between drugs, sport and society.

2008: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-43124-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43125-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88598-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431255

Doping in Sport Global Ethical Issues Edited by Angela J. Schneider and Fan Hong Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-34832-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35223-9: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415352239

Drugs, Alcohol and Sport A Critical History Edited by Paul Dimeo Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-40016-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56848-7: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568487

A History of Drug Use in Sport: 1876–1976 Beyond Good and Evil Paul Dimeo Winner of the 2007 Lord Aberdare Literary Prize for the Best Book in British Sports History.

2007: 234 x 156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-35771-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35772-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00370-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357722

Drugs in Sport David R. Mottram, Liverpool John Moores University, UK

Drugs in Sport is the most comprehensive and accurate text available on the subject.

Now in a fully revised and updated fifth edition, taking into account the latest regulations, methods and landmark cases, the book explores the hard science behind drug use in sport, as well as the ethical, social, political and administrative context. Key topics include:

• mode of action and side effects of each major class of drugs used in sport • discussion of cutting-edge issues, including gene doping • the latest doping control regulations of the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) • methods and advances in doping control, including new intelligence-led detection policies • the use of therapeutic drugs banned in sport • issues surrounding non-prohibited substances and ergogenic aids • ethical, political and administrative issues in monitoring drug use

Applied Sport and Exercise Science Strength and Conditioning for Team Sports Sport-Specific Physical Preparation for High Performance Paul Gamble, Heriot Watt University, UK

Drawing on the very latest scientific research, Strength and Conditioning for Team Sports is designed to help students, coaches, researchers and sports medicine professionals devise more effective high-performance training programs for team sports. The only evidence-based study of sport-specific practice for team sports, this book introduces the core science underpinning any strength and conditioning regime, combining the best of applied physiology, biomechanics, sports medicine and coaching science.

The book addresses all aspects of training prescription and the key components of any degree course related to strength and conditioning, including

• an assessment of the prevalence of drug taking in sport.

• physiological and performance testing

Accessibly written, extensively referenced, and supported throughout with illustrative case studies and data, Drugs in Sport provides a comprehensive, objective resource for students and researchers, athletes, sports scientists, coaches, journalists, sports administrators and policymakers.

• metabolic conditioning

Selected contents: Section 1: Background to Drug Use and Misuse in Sport 1.What is a Drug? 2. An Historical Perspective on Doping in Sport 3. Ethical Considerations 4. The IOC and Doping in Sport Section 2: The Fight Against Doping in Sport 5.World Anti-Doping Agency 6. Drug Testing Regulations 7. National and International Anti-Doping Organisations 8. Law Enforcement Agencies Section 3: Substances and Methods Prohibited in Sport 9. Anabolic Agents 10. Hormones and Related Substances 11. Beta-2 Agonists 12. Hormone Antagonists and Modulators 13. Diuretics and Other Masking Agents 14. Enhanced Oxygen Transfer 15. Chemical and Physical Manipulation 16. Gene Doping 17. Stimulants 18. Narcotics 19. Cannabinoids 20. Glucocorticosteroids 21. Alcohol 22. Beta Blockers Section 4: Non-Prohibited Substances and Methods Used in Sport 23. Creatine and Other Ergogenic Substances 24. Nutritional Supplements 25. Caffeine 26. Over-the-counter Stimulants and Herbal Preparations 27. Non-narcotic Analgesics and Anti-inflammatory Drugs 28. Melatonin 29. Hypoxic Chambers and Other Artificial Environments Section 5: Prevalence of Doping in Sport

• training for injury prevention.

• strength training • power training • agility and speed training • training for core stability • periodization Each chapter features guidelines for evidence-based training prescription as well as recommendations for novel ways in which to approach physical preparation for team sports players, bridging the traditional gap between sport science research and sport performance.

Fully illustrated throughout, this book is essential reading for any serious student of strength and conditioning, and for any coach looking to extend their professional practice.

2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49626-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49627-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87828-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496278

April 2010: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-55086-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55087-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87382-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550871

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

App l i e d S p ort an d E x e rc i s e S c i e n c e

The Masters Athlete

new

Science and Racket Sports IV

Understanding the Role of Sport and Exercise in Optimizing Aging

The Science of Gymnastics

Edited by A. Lees, Liverpool John Moores University, UK, D. Cabello, University of Granada, Spain and G. Torres, Universidad Catolica San Antonio Murcia, Spain

Edited by Joe Baker, York University, Canada, Sean Horton and Patricia Weir, both at University of Windsor, Canada

Masters athletes are those that continue to train and compete, typically at a high level, beyond the age of thirty-five and into middle and old age. As populations in the industrialized world get older and governments become increasingly keen to promote healthy aging and nonpharmacological interventions, the study of masters athletes enables us to better understand the benefits of, and motivations for, life-long involvement in physical activity. This is the first book to draw together current research on masters athletes.

The Masters Athlete examines the evidence that cognitive skills, motor skills and physiological capabilities can be maintained at a high level with advancing age, and that age related decline is slowed in athletes that continue to train and compete in their later years.

Including contributions from leading international experts in physiology, motor behaviour, psychology, gerontology and medicine, the book explores key issues such as:

An Introduction Edited by Monem Jemni, University of Greenwich, UK, Patrice Holvoet, Université de Lille, France, William A. Sands, US Olympic Committee, USA and John H. Salmela, University of Ottowa, Canada

The Science of Gymnastics provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the fundamental physiological, biomechanical and scientific principles underpinning this most demanding of sporting disciplines.

Drawing on cutting edge scientific research, and with contributions from leading international sport scientists, the book represents an important link between theory and performance. With case studies, data and useful review questions included in every chapter, the book examines every key aspect of gymnastic training and performance, including:

Science and Racket Sports IV introduces the edited papers and keynote addresses presented at the Fourth World Congress of Science and Racket Sports. This cutting edge collection embraces a broad spectrum of the issues being examined by contemporary sports scientists.

2008: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-43556-7: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89487-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435567

International Research in Science and Soccer Edited by Barry Drust, the late Thomas Reilly and A. Mark Williams, all at Liverpool John Moores University, UK

• growth and development

• motivation for involvement in sport and physical activity across the lifespan

International Research in Science and Soccer showcases the very latest research into the world’s most widely played sport. With contributions from world-leading researchers and practitioners working at every level of the game, from grass roots to elite level, the book covers every key aspect of preparation and performance, including:

• anthropometric and biomechanical models

• contemporary issues in soccer coaching

• evidence of lower incidence of cardiovascular disease, hypertension, and diabetes

• kinetics and kinematics

• psychological preparation and development of players

• stress, anxiety and coping

• physical preparation and development of players

• motivation and goal setting

• nutrition and recovery

• the psychology of learning and performance.

• talent identification and development

A concluding section breaks down a series of core gymnastic techniques and movements into their fundamental scientific components, helping the student to better understand how sport science relates to sporting performance. The Science of Gymnastics is essential reading for all students, researchers and coaches with an interest in gymnastics or applied sport science.

• strength and conditioning in soccer

• the maintenance of performance with age.

Challenging conventional views of old age, and with important implications for policy and future research, this book is essential reading for students and practitioners working in sport and exercise science, aging and public health, human development, and related disciplines.

Selected Contents: 1. The Emergence of Masters Sport: Participatory Trends and Historical Development 2. Statistical Modelling of Age Trends in Masters Athletes 3. Peak Exercise Performance, Muscle Strength and Power in Masters Athletes 4. The Role of Aging and Sustained Exercise Involvement on Cardiovascular Function in Older Persons 5. Maintenance of Skilled Performance with Age: Lessons from the Masters 6. Aging and Recovery: Implications for the Masters Athlete 7. Motivation and Sport Commitment in Masters Sport 8. Masters Athletes as Role Models? Combating Stereotypes of Aging 9. Masters Sport as a Strategy for Managing the Aging Process 10. Physical Activity: What Role Does it Play in Achieving Successful Aging? 11. Injury Epidemiology, Health and Performance in Masters Athletes 12. The Future of Masters Games: Implications for Policy and Research 2009: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-47656-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47657-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88551-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476577

• physiological assessment • diet and nutrition • energetics • strength and conditioning

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Applied Physiology of Gymnastics 1. Energetics of Gymnastics 2. Fitness Model of High Level Gymnasts 3. Training Principles in Gymnastics 4. Planning and Periodisation in Gymnastics 5. Physical Preparation 6. Specific Physical and Physiological Assessment of Gymnasts 7. Growth, Sexual Developmental and Hormonal Regulations in Relation to Fitness Levels in Gymnastics 8. Diet, Nutrition and Supplementation in Gymnastics 9. Investigations in Rhythmic Gymnastics Part 2: Applied Biomechanics in Gymnastics 10. Anthropometry and Biomechanical Models in Gymnastics 11. Linear Kinematics in Gymnastics (Description of Motion) 12. Angular Kinematics in Gymnastics 13. Linear Kinetics in Gymnastics (Underlying Causes of Motion) 14. Angular Kinetics in Gymnastics 15. Advanced Specific Examples from each Event Part 3: Applied Psychology in Gymnastics 16. Stress, Anxiety and Coping in Gymnastics 17. Personality and Motivation in Gymnastics 18. Goal Setting in Gymnastics 19. Mental Imagery in Gymnastics 20. Self Image and Self Confidence in Gymnastics 21. Psychology of Learning and Performance in Gymnastics 22. Psychological Issues Encountering Performance Enhancement Part 4: Interaction Between Physiological, Biomechanical and Psychological Aspects of Gymnastics Performance October 2010: 234 x 156: 212pp Hb: 978-0-415-54990-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54991-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87463-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549912

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

• injury prevention and rehabilitation • soccer academies.

Sports scientists, trainers, coaches, physiotherapists, medical doctors, psychologists, educational officers and professionals working in soccer will find this in-depth, comprehensive volume an essential and up-to-date resource.

The papers contained within this volume were first presented at The First World Congress on Science and Soccer, held in May 2008 in Liverpool, UK. The meeting was held under the auspices of the World Commission of Science and Sports.

Selected Contents: 1. Paediatric Science 2. Biomechanics and Research Methods 3. Physiology and Medicine 4. Body Composition and Nutrition 5. Psychology 6. Coaching 2009: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-49794-7: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87750-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497947

15

16

Applied Sport an d Ex e rcise Sc i e n c e

Science and Football VI The Proceedings of the Sixth World Congress on Science and Football Edited by the late Thomas Reilly, Liverpool John Moores University, UK and Feza Korkusuz, Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey This edited collection of the latest scientific research from the Sixth World Congress of Science and Football in Antalya, Turkey into the variety of sports known as football aims to bridge the gap between theory and practice related to these football games.

2008: 234 x 156: 520pp Hb: 978-0-415-42909-2: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89368-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429092

Science and Football V The Proceedings of the Fifth World Congress on Sports Science and Football Edited by the late Thomas Reilly, Liverpool John Moores University, UK, Jan Cabri and Duarte Araújo, both at Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal 2008: 234 x 156: 656pp Pb: 978-0-415-48480-0: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484800

The Science of Training – Soccer A Scientific Approach to Developing Strength, Speed and Endurance The late Thomas Reilly 2006: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-38446-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38447-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96666-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384476

2nd Edition

Science and Soccer Edited by the late Thomas Reilly and A. Mark Williams 2003: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-26231-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26232-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-41755-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415262323

Nutrition and Football The FIFA/FMARC Consensus on Sports Nutrition

Sport Perfomance Analysis Research Methods for Sports Performance Analysis Peter O’Donoghue, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK

Edited by Ron Maughan 2006: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41229-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48494-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96743-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484947

Youth Soccer From Science to Performance The late Thomas Reilly, Dave Richardson, Gareth Stratton and A. Mark Williams 2004: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-28661-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28662-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64413-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415286626

Modern techniques of sports performance analysis enable the sport scientist, coach and athlete to objectively assess, and therefore improve upon, sporting performance. They are an important tool for any serious practitioner in sport and, as a result, performance analysis has become a key component of degree programmes in sport science and sports coaching.

Research Methods for Sports Performance Analysis explains how to undertake a research project in performance analysis including: • selection and specification of a research topic • the research proposal • gaining ethical approval for a study • developing a performance analysis system • testing a system for reliability • analysing and discussing data • writing up results.

related journals Journal of Sport Sciences For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/jsp

European Journal of Sport Science For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ejss

Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/hmpe

Covering the full research cycle and clearly introducing the key themes and issues in contemporary performance analysis, this is the only book that sports students will need to support a research project in performance analysis, from undergraduate dissertation to doctoral thesis. Including case studies, examples and data throughout, this book is essential reading for any student or practitioner with an interest in performance analysis, sports coaching or applied sport science.

Selected Contents: 1. Performance Analysis Research 2. Research Processes 3. Selecting a Research Question 4. Specifying the Research Problem 5. Ethical Issues in Performance Analysis 6. Devising Methods 7. Measurement Issues in Performance Analysis 8. Analysis of Quantitative Sports Performance Data 9. Analysis of Qualitative Sports Performance Data 10. Writing up Performance Analysis Research 2009: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49622-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49623-0: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87830-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496230

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

S p ort P erf o m an ce An alysis sp ortS c oac h i n g

2nd Edition

The Essentials of Performance Analysis

Notational Analysis of Sport

An Introduction Mike Hughes and Ian Franks

This book provides a complete guide to the foundational elements of match and performance analysis. It is a straightforward, concise and authoritative guide for sport science and sports coaching students, and for coaches and athletes looking to develop their insight into sports performance analysis.

2007: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-42379-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42380-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93806-5

Systems for Better Coaching and Performance in Sport Edited by Mike Hughes and Ian Franks 2004: 234 x 156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-29005-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-64195-8

SportS Coaching new

Coaching Children in Sport An Introduction Edited by Richard Bailey, University of Birmingham, UK and Ian Stafford, Sports Coach, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415290050

Handbook of Soccer Match Analysis A Systematic Approach to Improving Performance Christopher Carling, A. Mark Williams and the late Thomas Reilly

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423809

2005: 246 x 174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-33908-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33909-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-44862-5

Performance Assessment for Field Sports

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339094

All coaches working with children will know that they differ substantially from adults in their capabilities, capacity for development and in their ability to meet the demands which sport places upon them.

Coaching Children in Sport provides an up-to-date, authoritative and accessible guide to core knowledge and coaching skills for anybody working with children in sport.

Written by a team of leading international coaching experts, teachers, psychologists and specialists in children’s issues in sport and health, this book explains why children cannot be seen as mini-adults in sport and helps coaches to devise effective ways of working that achieve results but that also take into account the best interests of the child. It examines key topics such as:

Christopher Carling, Institut National du Sport et de l’Education, France, the late Thomas Reilly and A. Mark Williams, both at Liverpool John Moores University, UK

related journals

Reflective Practice

• children’s physical and psychosocial development

For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/crep

• child protection issues and coaching ethics

This is the first book dedicated to the assessment of performance in field sports such as soccer, rugby, hockey, and lacrosse. It provides detailed and clear information about the laboratory and field-based methods that can be used to assess and improve both individual and team performance, from basic physiological assessment to the use of video and information technologies.

Research in Sport Medicine For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gsmp

2008: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42684-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42685-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89069-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426855

FREE P&P Online!

Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/sport and receive FREE postage & packaging* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

• fundamental coaching skills • coaching philosophies and models • children’s motivation • sport and children’s health • talent identification and high performance coaching • reflective practice in sports coaching.

Including case studies, practical exercises and guides to further reading throughout, Coaching Children in Sport is an essential text for all courses and training programs in sports coaching. It is also vital reading for all students, teachers and practitioners working with children in sport, physical education or developmental contexts.

Selected Contents: Part 1: On Coaching 1. What is a Coach and What is Coaching? 2. Philosophies of Coaching Children 3. Models of Sports Coaching 4. The Fundamental Skills of a Coach 5. Communicating with Young Players 6. The Professional Responsibilities of Children’s Coaches 7. The Reflective Coach Part 2: On Children 8. Children’s Participation in Sport 9. Children’s Motivation and Sport 10. Children’s Physical and Movement Development 11. Children’s Psychosocial Development 12. The Young Player as a Learner 13. The Family 14. The Child in Competitive / Talent / High Performance Context 15. Including Disabled Young Players 16. Girls and Sport Part 3: On Sport 17. Sport and Children’s Health 18. Sport and Positive Youth Development 19. Children’s Sport in Policy Contexts 20. Philosophical and Ethical Perspectives on Children’s Sport October 2010: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-49390-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49391-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85068-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493918

17

spo rts coachin g

18

2nd Edition

New

Forthcoming

Understanding Sports Coaching

Foundations of Sports Coaching

The Coaching Process

The Social, Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice Tania G. Cassidy, Otago University, New Zealand, Robyn L. Jones, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK and Paul Potrac, Unitec New Zealand, Auckland

Successful sports coaching is as dependent on utilizing good teaching and social practices as it is about expertize in sport skills and tactics. Understanding Sports Coaching offers an innovative introduction to the theory and practice of sports coaching, highlighting the social, cultural and pedagogical concepts underpinning good coaching practice. Now in a fully revised and updated second edition, the book explores the complex interplay between coach, athlete, coaching programme and social context, and encourages coaches to develop an open and reflective approach to their own coaching practice.

It addresses key issues such as: • power and the coach-athlete relationship • viewing the athlete as a learner • instructional methods and reflection • how our view of ability informs assessment • coaching philosophy and ethics.

Understanding Sports Coaching also includes a full range of practical exercises and case studies designed to encourage coaches to reflect critically upon their own coaching strategies, their interpersonal skills and upon important issues in contemporary sports coaching. This book is essential reading for all students of sports coaching and for any professional coach looking to develop their coaching expertise.

Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1 1. Reflection 2. Instructional Methods and Pedagogical Strategies 3. Quality in Coaching 4. Developing a Coaching Philosophy Section 2 5. Learning and Development 6. ’Developing’ Athletes 7. Understanding Athletes’ Identities Section 3 8. The Discourse of Coaching 9. Examining Coaches’ Content Knowledge 10. Assessment and Ability in Coaching Section 4 11. Coaching Ethics 12. Theory, Practice and Professionalism in Coaching 13. Power and the Coach-Athlete Relationship 2008: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-44271-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44272-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89292-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442725

Paul E. Robinson, University of Chichester, UK

Athletes and sports people at all levels rely on their coaches for advice, guidance and support.

Foundations of Sports Coaching is a comprehensive introduction to the practical, vocational and scientific principles that underpin the sports coaching process. It provides the student of sports coaching with all the skills, knowledge and scientific background they will need to prepare athletes and sports people technically, tactically, physically and mentally.

With practical coaching tips, techniques and tactics highlighted throughout, the book covers all the key components of a foundation course in sports coaching, including: • the development of sports coaching as a profession • coaching styles and technique • planning and management • basic principles of anatomy, physiology, biomechanics, and psychology • fundamentals of training and fitness • performance analysis • reflective practice in coaching.

Including international case-studies throughout and examples from top-level sport in every chapter, Foundations of Sports Coaching helps to bridge the gap between coaching theory and practice. This book is essential reading for all students of sports coaching and for any practising sports coach looking to develop and extend their coaching expertize.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Sports Coaching Today 1. The Development of Coaching 2. Volunteering and Coaching 3. Coaching and Performance Part 2: Effective Sports Coaching 4. The Coach 5. Analysing Coaching Concepts 6. Structuring Practice Part 3: Planning and Management and the Role of the Coach 7. Planning a Coaching Session 8. Season Planning 9. Management and the Coach Part 4: Anatomy and Physiology, Training Principles and the Coach 10. Anatomy and Physiology 11. Fundamentals of Training and Fitness 12. Injury Prevention Part 5: Psychology, Performance Analysis and the Role of the Coach 13. Psychology and the Coach 14. Skill Acquisition and the Role of the Coach 15. Biomechanics, Performance Analysis and the Coach Part 6: Further Considerations for the Coach 16. Skill Acquisition and the Role of the Coach 17. Biomechanics, Performance Analysis and the Coach

A Practical Guide to Becoming an Effective Sports Coach Lynn Kidman, University of Worcester, UK and Stephanie J. Hanrahan, The University of Queensland, Australia

In this fresh and engaging introduction to sports coaching, Lynn Kidman and Stephanie J. Hanrahan guide students through the coaching process.

Focusing on the practical aspects of sports coaching, the book helps students to develop their basic technical skills, to develop strategies for working with individual athletes and with children, and to plan and implement effective coaching sessions.

The book develops an ‘athlete-centred approach’ to sports coaching, by which athletes take ownership of their learning, in turn strengthening their ability to retain key skills and to make effective decisions during competition. Useful pedagogical features in each chapter – such as real life case studies, review questions and summaries of current research and best practice – encourage reflective practice and help student coaches to develop and extend their coaching technique and philosophy.

The Coaching Process is invaluable reading for any student starting a sports coaching course at college or university, and for any coach working with young athletes or children in sport who wants to improve their practical skills.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction 1. Successful Coaching 2. Developing a Coaching Philosophy Section 2: Athlete Development 3. Your Athletes Section 3: The Training Session 4. Managing Athletes 5. Creating a Positive Environment 6. Instructional Techniques 7. Enhancing Skill and Technique 8. Enhancing Performance with Mental Skills Section 4: Competition 9. Coaching During Competitions Section 5: Factors Influencing Coaching 10. Parents 11. The Balancing Act Section 6: Continuing to Develop as a Coach 12. What Now? December 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57053-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57054-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85742-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570541

February 2010: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-46971-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46972-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88552-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469722

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

p h ys i cal e ducat i o n an d youth sp o rt

new

Textbook

The Sociology of Sports Coaching

An Introduction to Sports Coaching

Edited by Robyn L. Jones, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK, Paul Potrac, University of Hull, UK, Chris Cushion, Loughborough University, UK and Lars Tore Ronglan, Norwegian School of Sport Science, Norway

Edited by Robyn L. Jones, Mike Hughes and Kieran Kingston

Sports coaching is a social activity. At its heart lies a complex interaction between coach and athlete played out within the context of sport, itself a socio-culturally defined set of practices. In this ground-breaking book, leading international coaching experts argue that an understanding of sociology and social theory can help us to better understand the nature of coaching as a social activity and consequently help to demystify the mythical ‘art of coaching’.

From Science and Theory to Practice

The book establishes an alternative conceptual framework from which to explore sports coaching, introducing the student to the work of key social theorists such as Foucault, Marx and Bourdieu, and highlighting the key themes that link the study of sociology and sports coaching, such as power, structure and agency, and theories of knowledge and learning.

Each chapter also includes a commentary from a practising sports coach, to illuminate coaching practice and reinforce those important connections between theory and application.

This is the first book to describe a critical sociological perspective on sports coaching and as such it represents an important step forward in the professionalisation of the discipline. It is essential reading for any serious student of sports coaching or the sociology of sport, and for any reflective practitioner looking to become a better coach.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Setting the Scene 1. Introduction Section 2: Sociological Thinkers (and How Their Work Can be Applied to Coaching) 2. Pierre Bourdieu 3. Michel Foucault 4. Erving Goffman 5. Karl Marx 6. Anthony Giddens 7. Niklas Luhmann 8. Etienne Wenger 9. Peter Blau 10. Jurgen Habermas Section 3: Coaching as a Social Process 11. Power in Coaching 12. Social Interaction in Coaching 13. Structure Versus Agency in Coaching 14. Coaching Knowledge and Learning 15. Concluding Thoughts October 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56084-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56085-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86554-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560856

This book provides students with an accessible guide to the scientific, medical, educational and social science theory that underlies the practice of quality sports coaching. Throughout the text, theory is illustrated ’in practice’ with real-life coaching scenarios, designed to show how athletes can benefit when their coach has a broader theoretical appreciation of sport.

2007: 246 x 174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-41130-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41131-8: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93426-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411318

Sports Coaching Concepts A Framework for Coaches’ Behaviour John Lyle 2002: 246 x 174: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-26157-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26158-6: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-99498-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415261586

Sports Coaching Cultures From Practice to Theory

Edited by Richard Bailey, University of Birmingham, UK and David Kirk, University of Bedfordshire, UK

Physical Education teaching and research is fundamental to the physical and social health of our communities. The Routledge Physical Education Reader presents an authoritative and representative selection of the very best international scholarship in PE, drawn from across the full topical range of the discipline.

Containing a rich blend of contemporary, ‘classic’ and hard-to-find articles, this book helps students gain a full understanding of the historical context in which current issues and debates within PE have emerged. Leading international scholars Richard Bailey and David Kirk weave a thoughtful editorial commentary throughout the book that illuminates each key theme, making insightful and important connections between articles and approaches. The book is divided into eight thematic sections, each of which includes an extensive guide to further reading: • nature and values of physical education • physical education and sport • physical education and health • learners and learning • teachers and teaching • curriculum and content • social construction of bodies

2003: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-32851-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32852-4: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-39095-5

Addressing the most important topics in contemporary physical education, and representing a comprehensive ‘one-stop’ resource, The Routledge Physical Education Reader is essential reading for all serious students of physical education, sport, coaching, exercise and health.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415328524

The Sports Coach as Educator Re-conceptualising Sports Coaching Edited by Robyn L. Jones

Sport, Education and Society

2006: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36759-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36760-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02007-4

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cses

The Routledge Physical Education Reader

Kathleen M. Armour, Robyn Jones and Paul Potrac

related journal For more information please visit:

physical Education and Youth Sport

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415367608

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

• researching physical education.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Nature and Values of Physical Education Part 2: Physical Education and Sport Part 3: Physical Education and Health Part 4: Learners and Learning Part 5: Teachers and Teaching Part 6: Curriculum and Content Part 7: The Social Construction of Bodies Part 8: Researching Physical Education. Conclusion 2008: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-44600-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44601-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415446013

19

p hy sical Education an d Youth S p ort

20

new

Key Themes in Youth Sport Ken Green, University of Chester, UK

Key Themes in Youth Sport is a concise, easy-to-read guide to core concepts in the study of young people’s relationship with sport, exercise and leisure.

Designed to help students get to grips with the basics and go on to master the central ideas and debates in contemporary youth sport, this book reflects the multi-disciplinary interest in youth sport, exploring perspectives from sociology, psychology, physiology, sports policy, sports development, and physical education.

Selected Contents: 1. Age 2. Agencies (Including Governing Bodies and Quangos) 3. Capital (Social, Cultural, Physical) 4. Childhood 5. Clubbability 6. Commercialization 7. Disability 8. Displacement Hypothesis 9. Drop-Out 10. Ethnicity 11. Exercise and Activity 12. Extra-Curricular Sport/Physical Education 13. Friends 14. Gender 15. Global Youth 16. Habitus 17. Health and Fitness (Including Lifestyle Diseases) 18. Identity (Including Self-Concept and Self-Image) 19. Inclusion 20. Independence 21. Individualization (Including Privatization) 22. Informalization (Including Permissiveness) 23. Leisure (Including Leisure Styles) 24. Lifelong Participation 25. Lifestyles 26. Lifestyle Activities 27. Maturation 28. Media 29. Moral Panic 30. Motivation (Including Adherence, Role Models) 31. Obesity 32. Parents and Family 33. Participation (UK) 34. Participation (Western Europe) 35. Physical Education 36. Policy (Towards Youth Sport) 37. Researching Youth 38. Risk Taking (Including Excitement) 39. Sedentariness (Including Media/Automation) 40. Significant Others (See Friends, Parents and Family) 41. Socialization (Including Sociability) 42. Social Class 43. Social Policy 44. Sport (Including New and Adventure Sports) 45. Sports Clubs 46. Sports Development 47. Sporting Repertoires/Portfolios 48. Sub-Cultures 49. Talent Development 50. Youth (Including Age and Life-Course) 51. Youth Cultures 52. Youth’s New Condition (Including Individualization) 53. Youth Transitions (Including Education and Work) July 2010: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-43539-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43540-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88540-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435406

Sport and Physical Education: The Key Concepts Series: Routledge Key Guides 2002: 216 x 138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-23141-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23142-8: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46714-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415231428

A Practical Guide to Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School Susan Capel, Peter Breckon and Jean O’Neill

Physical Education and Development 3–11 A Guide for Teachers Jonathan Doherty

Series: Routledge Teaching Guides An invaluable, practical workbook for physical education student-teachers as they develop their practice in the secondary school. Activities in each chapter provide a toolkit to help student PE teachers.

2006: 297 x 210: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-36111-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00863-8

An accessible guide, this book allows all non-specialist primary teachers to approach the subject of PE with confidence, encouraging a better understanding of its role within schools and the special contribution it can make to children’s lives.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415361118

2nd Edition

Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School A Companion to School Experience Edited by Susan Capel and Margaret Whitehead Series: Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series The second edition of this popular textbook draws together background information about teaching PE, and basic teaching skills.

2004: 246 x 174: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-33636-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415336369

Primary School Physical Education Edited by Anne Williams 2000: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-7507-0971-2: £78.00 Pb: 978-0-7507-0970-5: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780750709705

Teaching Physical Education in the Primary School Jenny Grey, Bev Hopper and Patricia Maude 2000: 246 x 189: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-23028-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-97759-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415230285

2007: 246 x 174: 240pp Pb: 978-1-84312-456-6: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843124566

Safety and Risk in Primary School Physical Education John Severs 2003: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-31815-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26879-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-46446-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415268790

Teaching Physical Education to Children with Special Educational Needs Philip Vickerman Philip Vickerman provides practical strategies for inclusion of children with SEN into PE lessons, applying the latest research and outlining the statutory responsibilities placed on teachers today, as well as offering reflection, inspiration and guidance.

2006: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-38949-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38950-1: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415389501

Evolutionary Playwork and Reflective Analytic Practice Bob Hughes 2001: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-25165-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25166-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47865-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415251662

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

p h ys i cal E ducati on an d Youth S p o rt

Issues in Physical Education

Body Knowledge and Control

Youth Culture and Sport

Edited by Susan Capel and Susan Piotrowski

Studies in the Sociology of Physical Education and Health

Identity, Power, and Politics

Series: Issues in Teaching Series 2000: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-23716-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-18689-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-13571-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415186896

Sport Education in Physical Education Research Based Practice Edited by Dawn Penney, Gill Clarke, Mandy Quill and Gary Kinchin

Edited by John Evans, Brian Davies and Jan Wright 2003: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-30644-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30645-4: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-56386-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415306454

Edited by Dawn Penney

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415289689

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415235761

Equity and Inclusion in Physical Education

Creative Approaches to Physical Education

Edited by Sid Hayes and Gary Stidder

Helping Children to Achieve their True Potential

2003: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-28225-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28226-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-38112-0

Edited by Jim Lavin, Saint Martin’s College, Lancaster, UK

Guidance is provided in this book on how to develop new creative approaches in each area of the National Curriculum for PE.

An Introduction Anthony Laker 2001: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-23593-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23594-5: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-19411-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415235945

Youth Culture and Sport critically interrogates and challenges contemporary articulations of race, class, gender, and sexual relations circulating throughout popular iterations of youth sporting culture in late-capitalism.

Contemporary Issues and Future Directions

2004: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-28967-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28968-9: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49744-9

Sociology of Sport and Physical Education

Gender and Physical Education

2002: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-23575-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23576-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46888-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415282260

Edited by Michael D. Giardina and Michele K. Donnelly

2008: 246 x 174: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-44588-7: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92784-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445887

Critical Inquiry and Problem Solving in Physical Education Working with Students in Schools Edited by Lisette Burrows, Doune Macdonald and Jan Wright 2003: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-29163-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29164-4: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415291644

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

2007: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95580-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95581-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93882-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415955812

Child Welfare in Football An Exploration of Children’s Welfare in the Modern Game Celia Brackenridge, Andy Pitchford, Kate Russell and Gareth Nutt 2006: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-37232-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37233-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09906-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415372336

21

p hy sical Education an d Youth S p ort

22

International Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport Series Series Editor: Richard Bailey, Birmingham University, UK Routledge’s ISPEYS series aims to stimulate discussion on the theory and practice of school physical education, youth sport, childhood physical activity and well-being. By drawing on international perspectives, both in terms of the background of the contributors and the selection of the subject matter, the series seeks to make a distinctive contribution to our understanding of issues that continue to attract attention from policy makers, academics and practitioners.

New

Physical Literacy Throughout the Lifecourse Edited by Margaret Whitehead, Physical Education Consultant, UK

The term ‘physical literacy’ describes the motivation, confidence, physical competence, understanding and knowledge that individuals develop in order to maintain physical activity at an appropriate level throughout their life. Physical Literacy encompasses far more than physical education in schools or structured sporting activities, offering instead a broader conception of physical activity, unrelated to ability.

Through the use of particular pedagogies and the adoption of new modes of thinking, physical literacy promises more realistic models of physical competence and physical activity for a wider population, offering opportunities for everyone to become active and motivated participants.

This is the first book to fully explore the meaning and significance of this important and emerging concept, and also the first book to apply the concept to physical activity across the lifecourse, from infancy to old age.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Concept of Physical Literacy 3. The Philosophical Underpinning of the Concept of Physical Literacy 4. Motivation and the Significance of Physical Literacy for Every Individual 5.

Physical Literacy, Physical Competence and Interaction with the Environment 6. Physical Literacy, the Sense of Self, Relationships with Others and the Place of Knowledge and Understanding in the Concept 7. The Physical Self and Physical Literacy 8. Physical Literacy and Obesity 9. Physical Literacy and the Young Child 10. Physical Literacy and the Older Adult Population 11. Physical Literacy and Individuals with a Disability 12. Physical Literacy and Issues of Diversity 13. Promoting Physical Literacy Within and Beyond the School Curriculum 14. Physical Literacy and Learning and Teaching Approaches 15. Physical Literacy, Fostering the Attributes and Curriculum Planning 16. Conclusion and the Way Ahead

New

New

Young People’s Voices in Physical Education and Youth Sport

Muslim Women and Sport

Edited by Mary O’Sullivan and Ann Macphail, both at University of Limerick, Ireland

How do children and young people experience and understand sport and physical activity? What value do they attach to physical education and physical literacy? This important new book attempts to engage more directly than ever before with the experiences of young people by placing the voices of the young people themselves at the centre of the discussion. As the need to listen to young people becomes increasingly enshrined in public policy and political debate, this book illuminates our understanding of an important aspect of the everyday lives of many young people.

With contributions from leading researchers and educationalists from around the world, the book draws on a diverse range of methodological and theoretical perspectives to demonstrate how we can better understand the unique perspectives of young people, how teachers and coaches can respond to and engage with the voices of young people, and how young people can be afforded opportunities to shape their education and leisure experiences. The book presents a fascinating range of case studies from around the world, including the experiences of African American girls and masculine sporting identities in Australia, and addresses both theoretical and policy debates. Young People’s Voices in Physical Education and Youth Sport is essential reading for any serious student or professional with an interest in PE, youth sport, sports development, sports coaching, physical activity and health, education or youth work.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Exploring Voice in Different Settings 1. African American Adolescent Girls’ Views of Physical Activity and Health 2. Students’ Evolving Meanings and Experiences With Physical Activity and Sport 3. Adolecent Engagement and Ethno Sport: The Role of Indigenous Sport in an Increasingly Pluralist and Globalised Ireland 4. Secondary Students’ Views of Physical Education Part 2: Multiple Identities of Adolescent Populations 5. The Pursuit of a Masculine Sporting Identity: Who’s in, Who’s Out and Who Decides? 6. Looking Back, Looking Sideways: Adult Perspectives About Student Experiences of Queerness in Canadian Physical Education 7. Using Ethnography to Explore the Experiences of a Student With Special Educational Needs in Mainstream Physical Education Part 3: Theoretical Frames and Methodological Approaches 8. Got the Picture? Exploring Student Sport Experiences: Using Photogrpahy as Voice 9. Empowering Young People in Physical Education: A Feminist Perspective 10. Students’ Understandings of Health and Fitness.

Conclusion June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48744-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48745-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88189-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487450

Edited by Tansin Benn, University of Birmingham, UK, Gertrud Pfister, University of Copenhagen, Denmark and Haifaa Jawad, University of Birmingham, UK

Examining the global experiences, challenges and achievements of Muslim women participating in physical activities and sport, this important new study makes a profound contribution to our understanding of both contemporary Islam and the complexity and diversity of women’s lives in the modern world.

The book presents an overview of current research into constructs of gender, the role of religion and the importance of situation, and looks closely at what Islam has to say about women’s participation in sport and what Muslim women have to say about their participation in sport. It highlights the challenges and opportunities for women in sport in both Muslim and non-Muslim countries, utilizing a series of extensive case-studies in various countries which invite the readers to conduct cross-cultural comparisons. Material on Iraq, Palestine and Bosnia and Herzegovina provides rare insights into the impact of war on sporting activities for women. The book also seeks to make important recommendations for improving access to sport for girls and women from Muslim communities.

Muslim Women and Sport confronts many deeply held stereotypes and crosses those commonly quoted boundaries between ‘Islam and the West’ and between ‘East and West’. It makes fascinating reading for anyone with an interest in the interrelationships between sport, religion, gender, culture and policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction – Muslim Women and Sport Part 1: Underlying Contexts 1. The Values of Physical Activity, Sport and Physical Education in the Lives of Young Women 2. Islam, Women and Sport 3. Muslim Women and Sport in Diasporas: Theories, Discourses and Practices - Analyzing the Case of Denmark Part 2: National Perspectives 4. Women in Sports Leadership in Bahrain 5. ’Balancing Between the Cultures’ – Sports and Physical Activities of Muslim Girls and Women in Germany 6. Physical Activities and Sport for Women in Iran 7. The Sultanate of Oman and the Position of Girls and Women in Physical 8. Women and Sport in Syria 9. Struggling for Empowerment – Sport Participation of Women and Girls in Turkey Part Three: Case Studies 10. Palestinian Women’s National Football Team Aims High – Case Study to Explore the Interaction of Religion, Culture, Politics and Sports 11. Challenges Facing South African Muslim Secondary School Girls’ Participation in Physical Activities, Physical Education and Sport 12. Religion and the State – The Story of a Turkish Elite Athlete 13. A Case Study on United Arab Emirates: Women, Disability and Sport Part 4: Narratives 14. Experiences of War in Bosnia and Herzegovina and the Effects on Physical Activities of Girls and Women 15. Women in Sport in North Africa: Voices of Moroccan Athletes 16. Womens’ Narratives of Sport and War in Iraq.

Conclusion July 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49076-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88063-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490764

April 2010: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-48742-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48743-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88190-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487436

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

p h ys i cal E ducati on an d Youth S p o rt

Pedagogy and Human Movement

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Young People, Physical Activity and the Everyday

Inclusion and Exclusion Through Youth Sport

Living Physical Activity

Edited by Richard Bailey and Symeon Dagkas, both at University of Birmingham, UK

Richard Tinning, University of Queensland, Australia

Across the full range of human movement studies and their many sub-disciplines, established institutional practices and forms of pedagogy are used to (re)produce valued knowledge about human movement. Pedagogy and Human Movement explores this pedagogy in detail to reveal its applications and meanings within individual fields.

Edited by Jan Wright, University of Wollongong, Australia and Doune MacDonald, University of Queensland, Australia

Despite society’s current preoccupation with interrelated issues such as obesity, increasingly sedentary lifestyles and children’s health, there has until now been little published research that directly addresses the place and meaning of physical activity in young people’s lives. In this important new collection, leading international scholars address that deficit by exploring the differences in young people’s experiences and meanings of physical activity as these are related to their social, cultural and geographical locations, to their abilities and their social and personal biographies.

Young People, Physical Activity and the Everyday places young people’s everyday lives at the centre of the study, arguing that it is this ’everydayness’ – school, work, friendships, ethnicity, family routines, interests, finances, location – that is the key to shaping the engagement of young people in physical activity. By allowing the voices of young people to be heard through these pages, the book helps the reader to make sense of how young people see physical activity in their lives.

Drawing on a breadth of theoretical frameworks, and challenging the orthodox assumptions that underpin contemporary physical activity policy, interventions and curricula, this book powerfully refutes the argument that young people are ’the problem’ and instead demonstrates the complex social constructions of physical activity in the lives of young people. It is essential reading for all serious students of physical activity, physical education, health, youth work and social policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Theorising Youth and Physical Activity Part 1: Physical Activity and Geographical Locations 1. The Place of Physical Activity in the Lives of Rural Young People: Stories From the ‘Outback’ 2. ‘The Police be Comin’ so That’s Why I Didn’t go Over There’: Young People’s use of Neighborhood Spaces in a US City 3. Young People, Cities and Physical Activity Part 2: Social and Cultural Location and Physical Activity 4. Social Class, Schooling and Young People’s Meanings of Physical Activity and Health 5. Physical Activity and Indigenous Young People 6. Physical Activity and Confucianism: the Relations Between Hong Kong Children and Their Parents 7. ‘Our Prophet Said We Should Play Sport’: Young Muslim Women Negotiating Islam, Popular Culture and Physical Activity Part 3: Physical Activity and Constitution of Selves: Health, Fitness and Bodies 8. Eating Well, Being Active and the Production of the ’Good Citizen’ 9. Young People, Transitions and Physical Activity 10. ‘Pump Weights, Eat Right’: Young People’s Engagements with Health Discourses 11. ‘Making Castles in the Sand’: Community Contexts and Physical Culture 12. Diversity, Subjectivity and Constructions of Fitness and Health by Young Canadians Part 4: Methodological Issues and Future Directions 13. Reflections on Methodological Issues and Lessons Learned From the Life Activity Project

’We can reach far more people through sport than we can through political or educational programmes. In that way, sport is more powerful than politics. We have only just started to use its potential to build up this country. We must continue to do so.’ – Nelson Mandela, said to the South African footballer, Lucas Radebe

Nelson Mandela’s statement reflects a widely held view that sport can contribute in unique and far-reaching ways to important broad social outcomes. But is it really the case? Can sport bring people from different backgrounds together, and, in doing so, can it act as a force for social transformation and change? In the increasingly popular language of policymakers and practitioners, can sport contribute to social inclusion? Or is it the case that sport actually acts to marginalize and disadvantage some groups within society? Does it reinforce, rather than challenge the inequities of society?

Focusing on youth sport as a touchstone sector of sport in society, this book examines the theoretical and empirical bases of arguments for sport’s role in the social inclusion agenda, offering international perspectives on an issue that underpins many of the bold claims and presumptions being made for the power of sport. It represents the most up-to-date and authoritative presentation of core knowledge related to inclusion and exclusion in youth sport and as such, will be invaluable reading for any student, researcher, policy maker or practitioner working in sports development, sports coaching, sport studies or physical education.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Understanding Inclusion and Exclusion 1. Understanding Exclusion and Sport 2. Sport, Social Capital and Social Inequality 3. Socio-Cultural Aspects of Exclusion from Sport Participation 4. The Economics of Exclusion 5. The Discourses of Social Exclusion in Sport Section 2: The Construction of Exclusion 6. Gender and Exclusion 7. Ethnicity and Sport 8. Ability as an Exclusionary Concept in Youth Sport 9. Sporting Fat: Youth Sport and the Obesity ‘Epidemic’ 10. Sexuality and Youth Sport 11. Exclusion and Elite Sport Section 3: Moving Towards Inclusion 12. Physical Education for All Case Studies of Inclusion through Sport 13. Facilitating Inclusion of Muslim Children in Sport and Physical Activity 14. Young People’s Voices in Sport 15. Children’s Talent Development in Sport 16. Dance and Empowerment 17. Empowerment Through Disability Sport 18. Case Studies of Inclusion Through Sport 19. Teaching About Equity and Justice Through Sport 20. Sport as a Tool in Inclusion in Developing Countries January 2011: 234 x 156: 302pp Hb: 978-0-415-57803-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85239-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578035

May 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49313-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85071-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493130

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Theory, Practice, Research

This unique book examines the epistemological assumptions underlying each of these pedagogical systems, and their successes and limitations as ways of (re)producing knowledge related to physical activity, the body, and health. It also considers how the pedagogical discourses and devices employed influence the ways of thinking, practice, dispositions and identities of those who work in the fields of sport, exercise and other human movement fields.

With a scope that includes physical education, exercise and sports science, sports sociology and cultural studies, kinesiology, health promotion, human performance and dance, amongst other subjects, Pedagogy and Human Movement is the most comprehensive study of pedagogical cultures in human movement currently available. It is an invaluable resource for anybody with an interest in human movement studies.

Selected Contents: List of Figures. List of Tables.

Acknowledgements. Introduction Part 1: Introducing Pedagogy 1. Languaging Pedagogy Part 2: Pedagogy for Physical Activity 2. Sites of Pedagogy for Physical Activity 3. Pedagogies for Physical Education 4. Pedagogy in Sports Coaching Part 3: Pedagogy for the Body 5. Pedagogy and the Body in HMS 6. Physical Education, HMS and the Cult of the Body 7. The Body in School PE and Sport Part 4: Pedagogy for Health 8. HMS and Discourses on Health 9. Pedagogies for Health in HMS 10. Pedagogy and Health Oriented PE (HOPE) Part 5: Researching Pedagogy 11. Research on Pedagogy in HMS 12. Telling Tales About Pedagogy and the Pedagogy of Telling Tales 2009: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42844-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88549-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428446

23

p hy sical Education an d Youth S p ort

24

Physical Education Futures David Kirk, University of Bedfordshire, UK Can we imagine a future in which physical education in schools no longer exists?

In this controversial and powerful meditation on physical education, David Kirk argues that a number of different futures are possible. Kirk argues that multi-activity, sport-based forms of physical education have been dominant in schools since the mid-twentieth century and that they have been highly resistant to change. The practice of physical education has focused on the transmission of de-contextualized sport-techniques to large classes of children who possess a range of interests and abilities, where learning rarely moves beyond introductory levels. Meanwhile, the academicization of physical education teacher education since the 1970s has left teachers less well prepared to teach this programme than they were previously, suggesting that the futures of school physical education and physical education teacher education are intertwined.

Kirk explores three future scenarios for physical education, arguing that the most likely short-term future is ‘more of the same’. He makes an impassioned call for radical reform in the longer-term, arguing that without it physical education faces extinction. No other book makes such bold use of history to interrogate the present and future configurations of the discipline, nor offers such a wide-ranging critique of physical culture and school physical education. This book is essential reading for all serious students and scholars of physical education and the history and theory of education.

Selected Contents: 1. The Social Construction of Physical Education: Present, Past and Future 2. Defining Physical Education and the Possibility of the idea. Futures Talk in Physical Education 4. The idea of Physical Education-asSport-Techniques 5. Continuity and Discontinuity: The Residue of the Past in the Present 6. Four Relational Issues and the Bigger Picture 7. Physical Education Futures? 8.

Securing the Conditions for Radical Reform July 2009: 234 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-54993-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87462-2

Disability and Youth Sport Edited by Hayley Fitzgerald, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Disability and Youth Sport further challenges thinking and stimulates debate around issues such as inclusion policy towards physical education and youth sport, researching disability and youth sport, and constructions of disability through youth sport. Drawing on a broad range of literature, a socially critical dialogue is developed where the voices of young disabled people are central.

Rethinking Gender and Youth Sport Edited by Ian Wellard

This book highlights the need for students and researchers to recognize a fuller range of social and cultural influences on young people’s experience of sport. Ian Wellard explores issues including gender, ability, expectations and human rights.

related journals Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy For more information please visit www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cpes

Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raol

2007: 234 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-41092-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41093-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93361-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415410939

Children, Obesity and Exercise Prevention, Treatment and Management of Childhood and Adolescent Obesity Edited by Andrew P. Hills, Neil A. King and Nuala M. Byrne

Throughout the developed world there is an increasing prevalence of childhood obesity.

This book provides sport, exercise and medicine students and professionals with an accessible and practical guide to understanding and managing childhood and adolescent obesity.

2007: 234 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-40883-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40884-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94597-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415408844

Positive Youth Development Through Sport Edited by Nicholas L. Holt The first Positive Youth Development title to focus on the role of sport, this book brings together high profile contributors from diverse disciplines to critically examine the ways in which sport can be used to promote youth development.

2008: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47041-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42353-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88973-2

2007: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-77152-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55317-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94478-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423533

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553179

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

S p orts D ev e lop me n t an d Pol i cy

Sports Development and Policy

Examining Sports Development

new

Edited by Mike Collins, University of Gloucestershire, UK

International Policy Perspectives

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of Sports Development Edited by Barrie Houlihan and Mick Green, both at Loughborough University, UK Sports development has become a prominent concern within both the academic study of sport and within the organisation and administration of sport. The Routledge Handbook of Sports Development is the first book to comprehensively map the wide-ranging territory of sports development as an activity and as a policy field, and to offer a definitive survey of current academic knowledge and professional practice.

Spanning the whole spectrum of activity in sports development, from youth sport and mass participation to the development of elite athletes, the book identifies and defines the core functions of sports development, exploring the interface between sports development and cognate fields such as education, coaching, community welfare and policy. The book presents important new studies of sports development around the world, illustrating the breadth of practice within and between countries, and examines the most important issues facing practitioners within sports development today, from child protection to partnership working.

With unparalleled depth and breadth of coverage, the Routledge Handbook of Sports Development is the definitive guide to policy, practice and research in sports development. It is essential reading for all students, researchers and professionals with an interest in this important and rapidly evolving discipline.

Selected Contents: Introduction. Part 1: Origins of Sports Development Part 2: Understanding the Contemporary Context of Sports Development Part 3: Sports Development and Young People Part 4: Sports Development and Adult Mass Participation Part 5: Development Through Sport Part 6: Sports Development and Elite Athletes Part 7: Issues in the Practice of Sports Development Part 8: Measuring the Impact of Sports Development. Conclusion: The Future of Sports Development November 2010: 246 x 174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-47996-7: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88558-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479967

Sports development takes place in continually evolving – and expanding – territory. If new policies are to be implemented effectively, it is vital to understand how development policy translates into the real world. Until now no single text has examined how sports development policies are implemented and experienced ‘at the coal face’ of community and performance sport.

As well as critical analysis of models and concepts in sports development, Examining Sports Development presents original case studies from practising sports development professionals working in a variety of areas, including: • national and regional policy • school sport • talent identification and development • sports club development • coach development • sport and social inclusion • sports and crime prevention • sports and health promotion.

Sports development is evolving as a profession, especially in matters of education and training. This book encourages critical reflection, pointing the way to accountable policymaking and a long-term future for sports development professionals. It is essential reading for all students and practitioners working in sports development.

Selected Contents: Preface. Introduction. 1. Concepts in Sports Development 2. Sport in the Service of the Community / Cross Cutting Issues Section A: Case Studies of Organising for Sports Development A1. The National Framework A2. Sport through Education A3. A New Active Sports Partnership – Lancashire A4. Higher Education, Performance and Excellence A5. Sports Development in a Devolved System – Scotland A6. Sports Development in a Regional Setting – the North East Section B: Case Studies of Sports Development Processes B1. Building a Legacy for Youth and for Coaches? Champion Coaching in the North West B2. Strengthening the Club System B3. Developing Excellence – Scottish Volleyball B4. Sports Development in Microcosm B5. Preventing Crime – Streetsport, Stoke B6. Sport Promoting Health 3. Sports Development as a Job and a Career 4. Conclusions.

Bibliography. Author. Index. Subject Index 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-33989-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33990-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46198-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339902

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Participation in Sport Edited by Matthew Nicholson, University of Ballarat, Australia, Russell Hoye, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia and Barrie Houlihan, Loughborough University, UK

The governments of the most developed nations now have policies aimed at increasing the levels of sport participation within their respective societies.

This is the first book to examine the participation policies of national governments across the world and to offer a comparative analysis of the successes and failures of those policies.

Organized around a series of sixteen national case studies, including the UK, the US, Australia, China and Japan, the book enables students and practitioners to compare and contrast the development, implementation and impact of sport participation policies throughout the world. An introductory chapter provides a framework for understanding and interpreting those case studies, drawing on a body of middle range concepts including policy network theory. Each national chapter then addresses the following key themes: • national structures for sport • national sporting cultures • participation levels in organised sport • the nature and extent of government intervention • implementation of governmental policy • policy learning and transfer.

With contributions from many of the world’s leading experts on sports policy and sports development, this book is essential reading for anybody with an interest in the role of sport in national and international society, and within government.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. United Kingdom 2. Netherlands 3. Hungary 4. Germany 5. Bulgaria 6. USA 7. Canada 8. Australia 9. New Zealand 10. South Africa 11. Finland 12. Norway 13. China 14. Japan 15. Singapore 16. India 17. Conclusion August 2010: 234 x 156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-55477-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55478-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87049-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554787

25

Spo rts Deve lopmen t an d Policy

26

new

Strategic Sports Development Edited by Rosemary Leach, Sheffield Hallam University, UK, Stephen Robson, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, Kirstie Simpson, Warrington Collegiate Institute, UK and Lee Tucker, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

The field of sports development is becoming ever more professional, with the levels of expertise in planning and efficiency required of those working in private or national sports institutions higher than they have ever been. In response to this, strategic sports development has emerged as a means of applying business strategies to the context of sports development. Strategic Sports Development is the first book to directly address this important new field.

The book comprehensively explains the strategic concepts and techniques that sports students and practitioners across the UK and internationally need to understand. It includes: • national and local case studies that appraise existing strategic management practice in sports development • separate full introductions to sports development and business strategy • a range of tasks and resources that encourage the reader to develop knowledge, skills and competencies through the application of theory to practical examples • the application of strategic management principles to the development of sport and development through sport • everything the reader needs to engage meaningfully with the relevant National Occupational Standards for the sport(s) development profession.

Strategic Sports Development is designed to help students develop the practical skills needed to contribute to development strategy in a vocational context, and give practitioners the confidence and know-how to improve the strategic development of their sports organisation. This book is essential reading for all students and practitioners of strategic sports development, and a valuable resource for students of sports management or development in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Approaches to Strategy 2. Strategic Analysis One: Understanding Sports Development Organisations 3. Strategic Analysis Two: the External Environment for Sports Development Managers 4. Making Strategic Choices in Sports Development 5. Implementing Sports Development Strategy 6. Strategic Partnerships in Sports Development 7. Performance Management/ Measurement of Strategic Sports Development 8. Politics, Policy and Strategic Sports Development 9. Strategic Leadership in Sports Development 10. Skills for Strategic Sports Development/Reflective Practice 11. Strategic Community Sports Development 12. Strategic Sports-Specific Development 13. Synoptic Case Studies September 2010: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-54400-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54401-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87627-5

Sport Policy and Development

2nd Edition

Sports Development

An Introduction

Policy, Process and Practice

Daniel Bloyce and Andy Smith, both at University of Chester, UK

Edited by Kevin Hylton and Peter Bramham

’In a context of ever-growing state involvement in sport, here is a much-needed, comprehensive review of all areas of sport policy, paying equal attention to policy development, implementation, and the outcomes which, as this book shows, are usually rather different to all the key actors’ intentions.’

– Professor Ken Roberts, School of Sociology and Social Policy, University of Liverpool, UK

Sports Development explores policy and practice from the voluntary sector to Central Government and the EU. Courses requiring a critical approach to sports development will find this an invaluable reference.

• Who makes sport policy and why do we need it?

2007: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42182-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42183-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93947-5

• What is the purpose of sport development programmes?

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421836

Sport Policy and Development answers these questions and more by closely examining the complex relationships between modern sport, sport policy and development and other aspects of the wider society. These important issues are explored via detailed case studies of key aspects of sport policy and sport development activity, including: • school sport and physical education • social inclusion • health • elite sport • sporting mega-events.

Each case study demonstrates the ways in which the sport policy and development fields have changed, and are continually changing in response to the increasing political, social and cultural significance of sport. The book helps the reader to understand the complexities of the sport policy-making process, the increasing intervention of government in the sport policy and development fields, and how the short-term, everchanging and frequently contradictory political priorities of government come to impact on the practice of sport policy and development.

Accessible and engaging, this textbook is an invaluable introduction to sport policy and sport development for students, practitioners and policy-makers alike.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Sport Policy Process: A Sociological Perspective 2. The Emergence and Development of Sport Policy 3. Youth Sport Development: Physical Education, Schools Sport and Community Club Links 4. Community Sport Development: Promoting Social Inclusion 5. Community Sport Development: Promoting Health 6. Elite Sport Development: Promoting International Success 7. The Politics and Policy of Mega-Events: A Case Study of London 2012 2009: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40406-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40407-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89068-4

A Wider Social Role for Sport Who’s Keeping the Score?

Fred Coalter

Drawing on over a decade of experience in the field, Fred Coalter collates worldwide research to present the only international comparison of sport and social policy available, and provides a much-needed reflection on the evidence for the value of sport in society.

2007: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-36349-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36350-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01461-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363501

Elite Sport Development Policy Learning and Political Priorities Mick Green and Barrie Houlihan 2005: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-33182-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33183-8: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02224-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415331838

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404075

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415544016

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

S p orts D ev e lop me n t an d Pol i cy

Fathering Through Sport and Leisure

The Politics of Sports Development

Edited by Tess Kay, Loughborough University, UK

Development of Sport or Development Through Sport?

Fathering is a highly contested concept in popular, media, academic and policy discourses, yet in the areas of family studies and men’s studies the leisure component of family life is under-played. This book provides a long overdue and thorough investigation of the relationship between fatherhood, sport, and leisure.

Fathering Through Sport and Leisure investigates what fathers actually do in the time they spend with their children. Leading researchers from the fields of sport, leisure and family studies examine the tensions men encounter as they endeavour to meet the new expectations of fatherhood, and the central role that sport and leisure play in overcoming this. Analyzed in relation to social trends and current policy debates, this unique collection examines fathering in a wide range of contexts including:

Barrie Houlihan and Anita White 2002: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-27748-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27749-5: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-47854-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415277495

Sport and Social Exclusion 2003: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-25958-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25959-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-16726-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415259590

• fathers and daughters

Australian Sport – Better by Design?

• leisure time and couple time in dual earner families

The Evolution of Australian Sport Policy

• divorce, fatherhood and leisure.

Bob Stewart, Matthew Nicholson, Aaron Smith and Hans Westerbeek

• parental expectation and youth sports

The book shows how contemporary fathers use sport and leisure to engage with their sons and daughters, achieve emotional closeness and fulfil their own expectations of what it means to be a ‘good father’.

Drawing on research carried out in the UK, Australia, Canada and the United States, this is a crucial text for anybody with an interest in leisure studies, family studies or fatherhood.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Fathers, Sport and Leisure Tess Kay 1. Where’s Dad? The Missing Father in Sport and Leisure Studies Tess Kay 2. ‘Until the Ball Glows in the Twilight’: Fatherhood, Baseball and the Game of Playing Catch Ralph LaRossa 3. The Good Father: Parental Expectations and Youth Sports Jay Coakley 4. Sport and Leisure as Contexts for Fathering in Australian Families Maureen Harrington 5. Leisure and Fatherhood in Dual-Earner Families Liz Such 6. Family and Personal Leisure Perspectives From LDS Fathers Birgitta Baker, Patti Freeman and Ramon Zabriskie 7. Fathers and Daughters: Negotiating Gendered Relationships in Sport Nicole Willms 8. Rising to the Challenge: Father’s Role in the Negotiation of Couple Time Vera Dyck and Kerry Daly 9. Non-Resident Fathers’ Leisure with Their Children John Jenkins and Kevin Lyons 10. Divorce and Recreation: Non-Resident Fathers’ Leisure During Visitation Time With Their Children Alisha Swinton, Patti Freeman and Ramon Zabriskie 11. Lifestyles, Leisure and Queer Dads Angelia R. Wilson and Jeremy Davis 12. Leisure and Grandfatherhood Sheila Scraton and Samantha Holland 13. Understanding Fatherhood Through Sport and Leisure Tess Kay

2004: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-34046-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34047-2: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-46292-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415340472

Sport and Crime Reduction The Role of Sports in Tackling Youth Crime Geoff Nichols

In Pursuit of Excellence A Student Guide to Elite Sports Development Michael Hill Series: Student Sport Studies

This entry-level text offers new students a comprehensive introduction to the phenomenon of high performance sport. Includes well-presented pedagogical content with case-studies, questions for discussion, websites and further reading.

Written for A Level and undergraduate level.

2007: 234 x 156: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-34934-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42354-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-69540-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423540

Hoop Dreams on Wheels Disability and the Competitive Wheelchair Athlete Ronald J. Berger, University of Wisconsin, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives A sociological account of wheelchair athletics, intended for use in courses on disability, the sociology of sport, and social problems – that challenges societal stereotypes about people with disabilities.

2008: 235 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-96510-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96509-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89132-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415965095

A much-needed evaluation of sport-led crime reduction initiatives, weighing up the rationale behind them and the evidence that supports them, including an assessment of their successes and failures to date.

2007: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39647-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39648-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08915-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396486

2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43868-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43870-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89070-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438704

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

sign up to

Sports Newsletter

27

28

Spo rts Deve lopmen t an d Policy

Forthcoming

new

Sport Policy in Britain

Social Capital and Sport Governance in Europe

Iain Lindsey, University of Southampton, UK and Barrie Houlihan, Loughborough University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society Since 1990, Britain has seen a period of unprecedented public investment in, and political commitment to, sport.

In this book, Iain Lindsey and Barrie Houlihan examine and analyze sport policy since the appointment of John Major as leader of the Conservative Party in 1990.

John Major’s period as Prime Minister was a watershed in British sport policy marking the beginning of a prolonged period of public and lottery investment and relatively high political salience. The text also locates Labour sport policy not only in relation to the previous government of John Major, but also in relation to the Labour government’s broader concerns and ambitions related to modernisation of British institutions, its ambition to tackle the ‘wicked issues’ epitomised by its focus on achieving greater social inclusion, and its interest in facilitating greater stakeholder involvement in the policy process.

Lindsey and Houlihan provide the first analysis that examines sport policy as a field of government and that discusses how the various sectors (e.g. youth/school sport, mass sport, etc.) have been affected by government policy and the competition for public resources.

Edited by Margaret Groeneveld, University of Ulster, Northern Ireland, Barrie Houlihan, Loughborough University, UK and Fabien Ohl, Université de Lausanne, Switzerland Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society Although there is significant interest in the social role of sport in fostering civil society from both policymakers and academics, there is a lack of evidence of the specific role of sport federations in this system. This book critically presents the mechanisms and structures in a selection of sport federations within a variety of European countries that illuminate the varied relationships between not-for-profit sport federations, their members, governments and the citizens they represent. The contributors explore the contrasts and synergies between core social capital theoretical perspectives, and how these may be informed by and/or shape the realities of governance from different perspectives within the sport system.

November 2010: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87483-0: £70.00

Selected Contents: 1. Social Capital, Governance and Sport Barrie Houlihan and Margaret Groeneveld 2. The EU and Sport Governance: Between Economic and Social Values Borja García 3. Czech Sport Governance Cultures and a Plurality of Social Capitals: Politicking Zone, Movement and Community Dino Numerato 4. Danish Sport Governance: Tradition in Transition H. Thomas R. Persson 5. Sport and Social Capital in England Andrew Adams 6. Social Capital and Sport Governance in France Cristina Fusetti 7. Sport, Divided Societies and Social Capital in Ireland David Hassan and Allan Edwards 8. The Social Capital of Sport: The Case of Italy Simone Baglioni 9. Governance and Social Capital: Democratic Effects and Policy Outcomes in a Nordic Sport Model Ørnulf Seippel 10. Conclusion: Understanding Social Capital as Both Metaphor and Traditional Form of Social Exchange Margaret Groeneveld and Fabien Ohl

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874830

June 2010: 229 x 152: 230pp Hb: 978-0-415-87609-4: £70.00

related journal

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415876094

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The 1990’s. A Decade of Transition 3. New Labour and its Priorities 4. Elite Success and/or Increased Participation? The Roles of UK Sport and Sport England 5. The Changing Role of National Governing Bodies and Clubs 6. The Forgotten Partner – Local Government 7. School and Youth Sport 8. Conclusion. Notes. Bibliography. Index.

International Journal of Sport Policy For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/risp

Transnational and Comparative Research in Sport Globalisation, Governance and Sport Policy Edited by Ian Henry This book identifies, illustrates and evaluates the major approaches to comparative and transnational analysis in sports studies, addressing common assumptions that can hamper meaningful research.

2007: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40112-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57508-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94473-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575089

sPort and leisure management Forthcoming

The Sports Management Toolkit Paul Emery, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia

The Sports Management Toolkit is a practical guide to the most important management tools and techniques available to those working in the sport and leisure industries. Designed to bridge the gap between the classroom and the workplace, it includes eighteen free-standing chapters, each of which provides a detailed introduction to best practice in one of the core sports management disciplines.

Written in a clear and straightforward style, and free of management jargon, the book covers all the most important elements of contemporary sports management, including: • project management • human resource management • managing risk • finance • logistics • working with customers • sponsorship • effective decision making.

Each chapter includes a detailed, step-by-step description of the key tools and techniques and their application; a ‘real world’ case study to demonstrate the technique in action, plus an extensive guide to further resources and a series of self-test questions. The final chapter offers an extended, integrated case-study, demonstrating how all the key management techniques are combined within the everyday operation of a successful sport or leisure organization.

This book is essential reading for all students of sport and leisure management, and for all managers looking to improve their professional practice.

Selected Contents: 1. Analysing Internal and External Activities 2. Aligning Aims, Objectives and Key Performance Indicators 3. Managing Risk 4. Identifying People Requirements 5. Appraising the Organisation Portfolio 6. Determining Critical Path Networks 7. Identifying the Point of Profit 8. Appraising Capital Projects 9. Managing Queues 10. Managing the First Contact with the Customer 11. Managing Meetings 12. Effective Decision Making 13. Obtaining and Evaluating Sponsorship 14. Writing Press Releases 15. Evaluating Organisation Activities 16. Measuring Economic Impact 17. Evaluating Time Usage 18. Integrated Case-Study December 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49158-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49159-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88027-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491594

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

s Port an d l e i s ur e man ag e m e n t

New

Forthcoming

Managing Sport Finance

Managing Voluntary Sport Organizations

Robert J. Wilson, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

All good managers working in sport need to have a clear understanding of the principles of finance and accounting.

Whether working in the private or public sectors, a firm grasp of the basic concepts and techniques of financial management is essential if a manager is to make effective decisions and to implement those decisions successfully.

Managing Sport Finance is the first book to offer a comprehensive introduction to financial management and accounting specifically designed for managers working in sport.

The book assumes no prior knowledge of finance or accounting on the part of the reader. It clearly and succinctly guides the reader through each key concept and practical technique, including: • balance sheets • financial statements • costing systems and decision making • capital investment appraisal • budgeting and budgetary control • double entry bookkeeping • funding for sport • personal finance for sport managers.

Using a rich variety of case studies, examples and data from the real world of sport management, the book places each concept into a managerial context, ensuring that the student understands why that concept is important and how best to employ each technique. Each chapter also contains a range of useful features, including chapter introductions, learning objectives, activities, summaries, review questions and further reading. This is the most useful, comprehensive and accessible introduction to financial management for sport currently available and is essential reading for any student of sport management or sport development.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Accounting in Sport 1. Financial Management and Sport 2. Financial Accounting 3. Double Entry Bookkeeping 4. Accounting Records for Sport 5. The Link Between the Income Statement and Balance Sheet 6. Final Adjustments 7. Constructing and Examining Financial Statements 8. Interpreting Financial Statements Part 2: The Tools of Finance Management 9. Understanding the Nature of Cost in Sport 10. Marginal Costing Systems and Short Term Decision Making 11. Capital Investment Appraisal 12. Budgeting and Budgetary Control 13. Funding for Sport 14. Personal Finance November 2010: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58179-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58180-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85000-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581806

Edited by Leigh Robinson, Loughborough University, UK and Richard Palmer, British Olympic Association Contemporary sport could not function without the involvement of voluntary organizations, from local grass-roots clubs to international agencies such as the International Olympic Committee. Management of this sector continues to undergo profound change, largely in response to the challenges of professionalization and increasing expectations in terms of transparency, accountability and ethical behaviour.

This book fills a significant gap in the literature on sport management by setting out the principles and practices necessary for effective management of voluntary sport organizations around the world.

Finance for Sport and Leisure Managers An Introduction Robert Wilson and John Joyce

In addition to applying and adapting established management strategies and techniques to voluntary sport organizations, this book is the first to fully relate mainstream organizational theory to this important sector of sport management. With contributions from an international team of researchers and management practitioners, the book explores key functional areas such as: • governance • strategy and planning • human resources • finance • managing change • marketing • event management • risk management.

Each chapter discusses best practice and includes case study material, self test questions and guides to further reading. As the only book to outline a professional, theoretically informed and practically focused curriculum for voluntary sport management, this book is essential reading for all students of sport management and all managers working in or alongside the voluntary sector.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introducing the Voluntary Sport Sector 1. The Voluntary Sport Sector 2. The Operating Environment of Voluntary Sport Organizations 3. The Governance of Voluntary Sport Organizations Part 2: The Management of Voluntary Sport Organisations 4. Strategy Development and Planning 5. Managing Human Resources 6. Managing Finances 7. Managing Performance 8. Managing Change 9. Managing Marketing Part 3: Issues in the Management of Voluntary Sport Organisations 10. Voluntary Sport Organisations and the Law 11. Event Management 12. Risk Management 13. Best Practice in Voluntary Sport Management August 2010: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-48944-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48945-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88135-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489454

Specifically written with the sport and leisure industry in mind, this textbook provides a clear structured programme to enable students to tackle finance confidently, working from first principles with numerous sport-based case studies, worked examples and self-tests.

2007: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40446-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40447-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93442-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404471

New

HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry Jeff Abrams, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, Sue Minten, University of Central Lancashire, UK and Chris Wolsey, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Containing wide ranging industry specific case studies and a full explanation of all key human resource issues, this text allows students to develop their understanding of strategic human resource theory and practice.

By its very service nature, leisure and sport are staff intensive sectors, making effective human resource management and development central to understanding the business, and to business success. HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry is a comprehensive course textbook and reference for students of HRM, business, sports and leisure management.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Determinants of Organisational Performance in Leisure and Sport 1. The Evolution of HRM 2. Organisational Structure and the Determinants of Organisational Culture Part 2: Determinants of Individual and Group Performance in Leisure and Sport 3. Foundations of Individual and Group Performance 4. Personal Skills for Managers 5. Recruitment and Selection 6. Training and Development 7. Mentorship & Coaching 8. Evaluating and Rewarding Employees Part 3: Determinants of a Strategic Approach to Individual, Group and Organisational Performance in Leisure and Sport 9. Leadership and Human Resource Strategy 10. Organizational Development and Change 11. The Learning Organisation October 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42178-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42179-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88553-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421799

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

29

s P o rt and leisur e man ag e ment

30

3rd Edition

Sports Management An Introduction David Watt, Institute of Directors in Scotland

•How can people working in sport learn to become more effective managers?

• What are the key challenges face managers working in sport today?

In this fully revised and updated edition of his classic introductory textbook, David Watt addresses the realities of working in contemporary sports management. From sports politics and strategy right the way through to personal development and training, the book offers a clear and accessible guide to the most important issues, challenges and practical techniques facing managers and administrators working in sport today.

The third edition is divided into three sections. The first explores the wider context within which managers operate, including the international and domestic structure of sport; private, public and voluntary sectors, and issues of governance. The second section introduces the core principles of practical sports management, covering every key functional area from finance and event management to marketing and human resources.

The concluding section explores the challenges faced by contemporary managers, from the business environment to managing change, and also looks at how managers can, and should, develop their own professional practice.

Fully supported with case-studies, examples and data from the real world of sports management, and including useful references and guides to further resources throughout, this book is an essential course textbook for any student of sports management and for any sports management professional looking for a guide to best practice.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Sport in Society Part 1: The Sporting Context 1. The Structure and Organisation of Sport 2. The Voluntary Sector 3. The Public Sector – Including Not for Profit Trusts 4. The Private Sector 5. The Politics of Sport 6. Governance Part 2: Sports Management Principles 7. Organisational Management 8. Strategic Management 9. Performance Management 10. Leadership 11. Managing People 12. Financial Management and Sponsorship 13. Marketing 14. Event Management Facilities Management 15. Sports Development Part 3: Challenges and Development 16. Management Challenges 17. Sport and the Law 18. Education and Training 19. Personal Skills and Development October 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-54996-7: £90.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549967

related journals European Sport Management Quarterly For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/esmq

Managing Leisure

Exploring Sport and Fitness

The Sport and Fitness Sector

Work-Based Practice

An Introduction

Edited by Caroline Heaney, Ben Oakley and Simon Rea, all at The Open University, UK

Edited by Ben Oakley and Martin Rhys, both at The Open University, UK

Exploring Sport and Fitness is a comprehensive guide to the development of essential professional and interpersonal skills in the sport, leisure and fitness sector. Designed to bridge the gap between the classroom and the workplace, the book introduces the fundamental principles of reflective practice in sport and fitness, and explains how students and professionals can develop their personal effectiveness and workplace performance.

The book draws together important material from a wide range of academic and professional sources, including articles from leading experts in sport management, psychology and coaching, and explores key topics such as: • reflective practice • the importance of effective communication • motivation and leadership • working in teams • working with customers • learning and instructional frameworks for coaches and instructors • organizational cultures in sport and fitness.

Exploring Sport and Fitness is essential reading for all students of sport, leisure and fitness management, sports coaching or sports development, and for all sport and fitness professionals looking to improve their performance and practice.

Selected Contents: 1. Reflection Principles and Practice 2. Using Reflective Practice – An Open University Perspective 3. The Where, What and Why of Reflective Practice 4. The ’How to’ of Reflection 5. Evaluating Professional Practice Through Reflection: Professionalism in the Workplace 6. Reflective Practice 7. Experiential and Reflective Learning 8. Thinking About Motivation in the Workplace 9. Motivating People in the Workplace 10. Creating a Motivational Climate 11. Outcome, Performance and Process Goals 12. Active Listening and Effective Questioning in Sport and Fitness 13. Ethical and Professional Issues in Sport and Exercise 14. Communication and Groups 15. Valuing Diversity 16. What is Leadership? 17. A Leadership Approach to Managing People 18. Leading Teams for Success 19. Understanding Organisational Culture in Sport 20. Leading Change and Strategic Planning 21. Learning How to Coach: The Different Learning Situations Reported by Coaches 22. Learning Physical Skills: Theoretical Perspectives 23. What Makes Successful Sessions? 24. Coaching and Learning Styles 25. Coaching and Instruction: Understanding and Developing Professional Knowledge 26. Identifying Customers and Their Expectations 27. Getting the Most out of a Sport and Fitness Facility 28. Self-Employment – Programming to Manage Time and Energy 29. The Sport Marketing Communications Mix

Drawing together an edited selection of readings from a wide range of academic and professional sources, this book has been designed to bridge the gap between the classroom and the workplace, opening up the theory and practice of sport and fitness management for those undertaking either work-based study or conventional degree courses.

2008: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-45404-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45405-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92822-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454056

Managing Sport Facilities and Major Events Hans Westerbeek, Aaron Smith, Paul Turner, Paul Emery, Christine Green and Linda van Leeuwen 2006: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40108-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40109-8: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401098

Managing Public Sport and Leisure Services Leigh Robinson 2003: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-27076-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27077-9: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-64655-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415270779

Working with Volunteers in Sport Theory and Practice Graham Cuskelly, Russell Hoye and Chris Auld 2006: 234 x 156: 190pp Hb: 978-0-415-38452-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38453-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96682-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384537

2009: 246 x 174: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-49155-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49156-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491563

For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/mle

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sP o rt and lei sure m a n ag em ent

Outdoor Recreation An Introduction Ryan Plummer, Brock University, Canada

Outdoor Recreation: An Introduction provides students following courses in outdoor recreation, leisure and environmental studies with a comprehensive and informative overview of this broad and fascinating field.

Covering both theory and practice, and including case studies and examples from around the world, this is the first student text in outdoor recreation to draw on such a diverse range of interdisciplinary approaches and methods. The book introduces students to every key theme in the study of contemporary outdoor recreation, including:

Sport Marketing

The Sports economy

Marketing the Sports Organisation

New

Building Networks and Relationships

Edited by Joseph Maguire, Loughborough University, UK and Mark Falcous, University of Otago, New Zealand

• history and development of outdoor leisure

Drawing on both academic expertise and real life case studies, this book describes how to use relationship marketing in sports organizations. Its comprehensive and instructive approach makes it an essential manual for professionals and an invaluable resource for academics.

• management of outdoor recreation

• psychology of the outdoor experience • ecology and the natural environment • outdoor education and interpretation

2008: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-45329-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45330-1: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89303-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453301

• economics of outdoor recreation • outdoor education, leadership and personal development • contemporary issues in, and the future of, outdoor recreation.

Student learning is supported throughout the book with helpful features such as learning objectives, case studies, weblinks, chapter summaries, study questions, and definitions of key terms. Representing a definitive guide to an important and rapidly growing field, this book is essential reading for all students of outdoor recreation, leisure management, tourism and environmental studies, and will be an important resource for all professionals working in outdoor recreation and leisure.

Selected Contents: 1. The Concept and Study of Outdoor Recreation 2. Perspectives on the Past 3. The Natural Environment and Outdoor Recreation 4. Social Psychology and Outdoor Recreation 5. Economics and Outdoor Recreation 6. Management of Outdoor Recreation 7. Parks and Protected Areas 8. Outdoor Education and Interpretation 9. Adventure Recreation 10. Issues in Outdoor Recreation. Conclusion.

2008: 246 x 174: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-43040-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43041-8: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430418

2nd Edition

Outdoor Recreation Management John Jenkins and John Pigram Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism

Sport and Migration

Alain Ferrand, University of Lyon, France and Scott McCarthy, The British Judo Association, UK

• key concepts and definitions

• development and management of parks, protected areas and wilderness

th e sports e c ono m y

Sport M ar k e ti n g

Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship Successful Strategies Alain Ferrand, Luiggino Torrigiani and Andreu Camps i Povill Translated by Pierre-François Lalonde and Elizabeth Christopherson 2006: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40110-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40111-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96782-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401111

related journals Journal of Sport & Tourism For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/jst

Leisure Studies For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/lst

Leisure/Loisir For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rloi

2006: 234 x 156: 440pp Hb: 978-0-415-36540-6: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36541-3: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415365413

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

In this dazzling collection of papers, leading international sport studies scholars chart the patterns, policies and personal experiences of labour migration within and around sport, and in doing so cast important new light both on the forces shaping modern sport and on the role that sport plays in shaping the world economy and global society. Presenting original case studies of sports from European and African soccer to Japanese baseball to rugby union in New Zealand, the book makes an important contribution to our understanding of a wide range of issues within contemporary social science, such as national identity politics, economic structure and organization, north-south relations, imperial legacies and gender relations. Including useful guides to further resources, further study tasks for students and a glossary of key terms, this book is invaluable reading for students and researchers working in sport studies, human geography, economics or international business.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Sport, Migration and Identities Section 1: Patterns of Migration and Sport 1. Labour Market Flows to European Football 2. Moving with the Bat and the Ball: Reflections on the Migration of Japanese Baseball Labour 3. Reflections on Sport Labour Migration 4. Global Celebrity Athletes and Canadian Nationalism 5. Elite Women Athletes as Migrants Section 2: Agents and Bridgeheads in Migration and Sport 6. Agents, MLB and the Dominican Republic 7. Getting Caught in the Net: The Recruitment of Canadians in British Professional Ice Hockey 8. Moving Globally, Living Locally: Migrant Hungarian Professional Footballers 9. The Recruitment of New Zealand Student Athletes to the US: A Case Study in Sport Migration Section 3: Athlete Experiences of Migration and Sport 10. Ice hockey and Canadian Blade Runners 11. ‘Out of Africa: The Exodus of African Football Talent to Europe’ 12: Cricket, Far Pavilions and Imperial Legacies Section 4: Fans Perceptions of Migration and Sport 13. Globetrotters and Local Heroes?: Labour Migration, Basketball and Local Identities 14. South Korea’s Glocal Hero: The Hiddink Syndrome and the Re-articulation of National Identity 15. The Mediated Identity Politics of the 2005 Lions Tour: Migrants, Media and Barmy Armies Section 5: Impact of Migration on Sports and Societies 16. The Economic Effects of ‘Muscle-Drain’ in Sport 17. The Over-production of US Sports and the New International Division of Cultural Labour 18. Making Sense of Global Patriot Games: Rugby Players Perceptions of National Identity Politics 19. Samoan Identity, Rugby, and Cultural Politics of Race and Nation in Aotearoa / New Zealand 20. The End of our ‘National Game’? Romance, Mobilities and the Politics of Organisation. Conclusion: Sport Labour Migration: Future Lines of Enquiry June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-49833-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49834-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87731-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498340

31

T he Spo rts e con omy

32

The Economics of Sports Broadcasting

The Business of Sports

Forthcoming in 2011

A Primer for Journalists

Global Sport Business

Chris Gratton and Harry Arne Solberg

Mark Conrad, Fordham University

Community Impacts of Commercial Sport

Edited by Hans Westerbeek, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia

The meteoric growth of sports broadcasting has had huge financial implications for a number of related industries, and in many cases has affected the sports themselves. This book examines the economic issues surrounding this very modern phenomenon.

2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-35779-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35780-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00385-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357807

Sport & Tourism: A Reader Edited by Mike Weed

This Reader provides comprehensive coverage of the scholarly literature in sports tourism. Divided into four parts, each prefaced by a substantial introduction from the editor, the Reader presents the key themes, state of the art research and new conceptual thinking, in sports tourism studies.

This volume provides journalists with the foundation for understanding the various parts of the sports business, and explores structure, governance, labor issues, and other business factors within the sports community.

2008: 229 x 152: 362pp Pb: 978-0-415-99638-9: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93312-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996389

2nd Edition

The Economics of Sport and Recreation An Economic Analysis Peter Taylor and Chris Gratton 2000: 234 x 156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-419-18960-2: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-47483-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419189602

2007: 246 x 174: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-42687-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42688-6: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93768-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426886

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives Global Sport Business: Community Impacts of Commercial Sport involves a range of pressing issues that come with the arrival of sport as a product in the world economy. It can be argued that throughout the past two centuries sport has always been recognized as both a frivolous pursuit of spending leisure time with friends and family, and as an activity that has substantial commercial value to be mined by entrepreneurs.

However, only during the most recent wave of globalization spurred by technological advancements that have led to achieving global reach in regard to potential customers, has sport entered a global marketplace that offers tremendous financial rewards for those who manage to control international sport organizations and events. Not only does this book deal with some of the most important driving factors of sport’s global attractiveness, but it also tackles important positive and negative impacts of sport as a global business on local and global communities of sport’s (potential) fans and participants.

This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Sport as a Business: A Change of Scope and Intent Hans Westerbeek 2. The Commercialisation of Sport: Opportunities and Threats John Amis 3. The Olympic Games and the Global City: Sport as a Means or an End? Holger Preuss 4. Sport, Business and the Scope of Social Responsibilities Aaron Smith and Hans Westerbeek 5. Community Sport Policy and Sport Business Policy: Partners or Competitors? Ian Henry 6. The Mass Media and Sport Business Marriage (Made in Heaven?)

Raymond Boyle 7. Virtual and Online Sport Participation and the End of Sport as we Know it Bosse Carlsson 8. Global Sport Spectacles and the Impact on Home Communities Boria Majumdar 9. Epilogue Hans Westerbeek March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45763-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457637

The Work of Professional Football A Labour of Love?

Martin Roderick 2006: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36372-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36373-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01495-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363730

Inspection Copies Textbooks marked with this icon can be sent to lecturers considering adopting them for relevant courses. See the order form in this catalogue for more information.

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sports l aw

Sport in the City

The Impact and Evaluation of Major Sporting Events

Sports Law

Cultural Connections

Edited by Holger Preuss

Sport, Physical Recreation and the Law

Forthcoming in 2011

Edited by Michael Sam and John E. Hughson, both at University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives Sport is seen as an increasingly important dimension of civic planning programmes and has moved to the forefront of agendas for cities of the present and future.

This has occurred as the barriers between so-called ‘high’ and ‘popular’ culture continue to disintegrate.

Sport is no longer viewed in fundamentally oppositional terms to the arts but as an important dimension in plans for the cultural regeneration of cities. Urban regeneration through cultural means has moved steadily onto civic planning agendas in western nations since the 1980s, culture thus taking on increasing responsibility for the economic renewal of cities. Urban economic regeneration is most visible in the commercial rejuvenation of rundown city quarters where trendy bars and coffee houses have replaced shabby shop-fronts and taken over formerly grand buildings such as banks and even churches. More traditional cultural sites such as art galleries and museums have also undergone refurbishment – construction in some cases – and entered the commercial fray with the gift-shop becoming an integral part of the gallery visit as a cultural experience. This book examines sport within contexts of urban regeneration and looks at the place of sport within planning agendas for ‘cities of culture’. Relatedly, the role of sport stadiums in city ‘re-imaging’ is addressed in regard to such matters as public funding, environmental impact and urban infrastructure.

2007: 246 x 174: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-44924-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49489-2: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494892

Hazel Hartley, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Heritage, Sport and Tourism Sporting Pasts – Tourist Futures Edited by Sean Gammon and Gregory Ramshaw 2007: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-44248-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442480

Sport Tourism Edited by Heather J. Gibson Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34809-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46418-5: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464185

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Race, Class and the Dynamics of Political Action in Stadium Development Costas Spirou 2. Creating a Post-Olympic City: The Three Way Stretch Between Sport, Arts and Parkland Christine Burton 3. A Legacy Deeply Mired in Contradiction: Cricket World Cup 2007 and its Impact on the Caribbean Boria Majumdar 4. Power in the Stadium: The Case of Aarhus John Bale 5. Sport and Regeneration: A Winning Combination Larissa Davies 6. Fitting a Square Stadium into a Round Hole: The Rules of Engagement in Dunedin’s Deliberation Michael Sam 7. The New Zealand Sports Hall of Fame: Civic Representation of Sporting and Olympic History Geoffery Zain Kohe 8. Olympic Bids: An Exegesis of Power Douglas Booth 9. SuperCity or Megalopolis: Will Alsop’s Vision and the Place of Sport John Hughson March 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46656-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466561

It is important for anybody involved in sport and physical recreation to be aware of the legal context in which their activity takes place, to develop an understanding of their legal responsibilities and to know what might happen if something goes wrong. Sport, Physical Recreation and the Law is the first textbook on this difficult subject for students and practitioners in sport and physical recreation.

Covering a wide range of legal principles and cases, this textbook introduces the reader to legal systems, terminology, databases and the use of case law.

Designed to encourage analysis, reflection and the application of examples and ideas from the reader’s own experience, the book clearly and comprehensively explains key topics such as: • socio-legal aspects of sports violence and criminal liability • negligence and defences against negligence • manslaughter by individuals and organizations in sport • principles of natural justice, disciplinary tribunals and doping • discrimination, harassment and child protection • risk management, statutory duties, and breaches of health and safety • criminal liability – recognized sports, hazing, and cage fighting.

Including over 300 exercises, hypothetical scenarios, investigative tasks and seminar activities, this book is an essential course text for all students of sport, recreation and the law, and an invaluable reference for coaches, physical education teachers and those who play, lead or organize sport and physical recreation.

Selected Contents: 1. Resources at Your Fingertips: A Guide to Legal Sources, Databases, and Organizations 2. Taking Reasonable Care? Principles of Negligence in Sport, Physical Education and Recreation 3. Defences Against Negligence: Volenti, Contributory Negligence and Two Rugby Cases 4.

Sport Violence and Criminal Assault: A Socio-Legal Perspective 5. Discrimination, Harassment and Child Protection in Sport and Physical Recreation 6. Safe in our Hands? Risk Management and Breaches of Health and Safety: Learning From Cases and Incidents 7. Causing Death: An Overview of Selected Manslaughter Cases 8. Natural Justice Principles, Sport Disciplinaries and Key Doping Cases 9. Unfinished Business? Legal Reform on Offences Against the Person: Implications for Sado-Masochism, Sports, Hazing and Cage-Fighting 2009: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-32184-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32185-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29952-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415321853

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

33

Sports Law

34

3rd Edition

Sports Law Simon Gardiner, John O’Leary, Roger Welch and Mark James 2005: 234 x 156: 786pp Pb: 978-1-85941-894-9: £41.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781859418949

Sp orts J our n al i sm

Sports journalism Sports Journalism A Multimedia Primer Rob Steen

The Legality of Boxing A Punch Drunk Love?

Jack Anderson Series: Birkbeck Law Press The first book of its kind dedicated to an assessment of the legality of boxing, The Legality of Boxing: A Punch Drunk Love? assesses the legal response to prize fighting and undertakes a current analysis of the status of boxing in both legal theory and practice.

Principles and Practices Linda Fuller, Worcester College, UK

Sportscasters/ Sportscasting

A practical and authoritative guide to one of the fastestgrowing areas of journalism.

Aimed at students, the book covers all types of media and sports and gives new sports journalists the confidence to approach the challenges of the profession.

2007: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39423-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39424-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94574-2

A comprehensive introduction to the workings of the business, Sportscasters/Sportscasting: Principles and Practices explains all of the information essential to anyone looking to begin a career in sports media, and includes numerous appendices containing acronyms and biographic information about over 200 sportscasters, and a complete Instructor’s Manual.

2008: 229 x 152: 392pp Hb: 978-0-7890-1825-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-1826-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88926-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780789018267

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415394246 2007: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42932-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94506-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429320

The Essentials of Sports Reporting and Writing Scott Reinardy, Ball State University, USA and Wayne Wanta, University of Missouri – Columbia, USA

This text covers the full experience of sports writing.

Authors Scott Reinardy and Wayne Wanta approach the topic using their own professional experience as sports writers and editors to give students a realistic view of the sports writing profession.

2008: 229 x 152: 274pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6447-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6448-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87712-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805864489

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

O lymp i cs an d par alymp i cs

Olympics and paralympics

New

New

A Survey

The Olympics

Edited by Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK and Gyozo Molnar, University of Worcester, UK

A Critical Reader

Edited by Vassil Girginov, University of Windsor, Canada

The Politics of the Olympics

The Olympics: A Critical Reader represents a unique, critical guide to the definitive sporting mega-event and the wider phenomenon it represents – Olympism. Combining classic texts and thoughtful editorial discussion with challenging new pieces, including previously unseen material, the book systematically addresses the key questions in modern Olympism, including: • what does studying Olympism entail?

• how do historical accounts create and challenge Olympic myths?

• how do different theoretical perspectives inform our understanding of Olympism?

• which socio-political processes influence personal, collective and imagined Olympic identities?

• how do we experience and make sense of Olympism?

• who owns Olympism and why does it matter?

• how do cities compete for and celebrate the Olympics?

• how are the Olympic values promoted?

• why is it important to protect the ethical principles and properties of Olympism?

• what are the grounds for contesting Olympism?

• how can Olympism be taught?

• how can the principles and practices of Olympism be sustained in the future?

Each thematic part has been designed to include a range of views, including background treatment of an issue as well as critical scholarship, to ensure that students develop a well-rounded understanding of the Olympic phenomenon. The Olympics: A Critical Reader is essential reading for students of the Olympics and Olympism, the sociology of sport, sport management and cultural studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Studying Olympism 1. Studying Olympism Part 2: Documenting Olympism 2. Post-Olympism: Questioning Olympic historiography 3. From Olympia 776 BC to Athens 2004: The Origins and Authenticity of the Modern Olympic Games 4. Olympic Games and Historical Imagination Part 3: Theorising Olympism 5. A Never-Ending Story: The Philosophical Controversy Over Olympism 6. Olympic Games and the Theory of Spectacle in Modern Societies 7. The Olympics and ‘Global Citizenship’ Part 4: Negotiating Olympic Identities 8. Hellenism and Olympism: Pierre de Coubertin and the Greek Challenges to the Early Olympic Movement 9. Staging the Nation: Gendered and Ethnicized Discourses of National Identity in Olympic Opening Ceremonies Part 5: Imagining Olympism 10. Meet the ’Framers’: the Olympic Producers 11. Olympic Museum 12. Paralympic ’Lived History’: Reflections of a Participant-Observer Part 6: Owning Olympism 13. A Brief Overview of the Olympic System 14. Who Owns the Olympics? Political Economy and Critical Moments in the Modern Games 15. On Seizing the Olympic Platform Part 7: Staging the Olympics 16. Financing of the Games: Interests, Winners and Losers 17. Olympic Cities: Regeneration, City Rebranding and Changing Urban Agendas Part 8: Promoting Olympism 18. ‘Celebrate Humanity’ or ‘Consumerism’: A Critical Evaluation of a Brand in Motion 19. Symbolism and the Effectiveness of Olympic Mascots Part 9: Safeguarding Olympism 20. Why Olympic Athletes Should Avoid the Use and Seek the Elimination of Performance-Enhancing Substances and Practices From the Olympic Games 21. Mega Events, Fear and Risk: Terrorism at the Olympic Games 22. Faster, Higher, Stronger: The Protection of Olympic Marks Leading up to Vancouver 2010 Part 10: Contesting Olympism 23. Does One-World Olympic Ideology Lead to Multiculturalism? 24. Olympic Impacts on Bid and Host Cities Part 11: Teaching Olympism 25. ’Olympism’ Revisited as Context for Global Education: Implications for Physical Education 26. Didactic Approaches to Teaching Olympic Education Part 12: Sustaining Olympism 27. The Making of the IOC environmental Policy as the Third Dimension of the Olympic Movement 28. A Sustainable Sports Legacy: Creating a Link Between the London Olympics and Sports Participation March 2010: 246 x 174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-44535-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44536-8: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445368

With the ever increasing global significance of the Olympic Games, it has never been more topical to address the political issues that surround, influence and emanate from this quadrennial sporting mega event. In terms of the most recent evidence of the politics of the Olympics, the 2008 Beijing Games were riddled with political messages and content from the outset, and provided a global stage for protesters with numerous agendas. These included, to name but a few, proposed boycotts, potential terrorist attacks, the question of open media access, protests against China’s political practices and attempts to interrupt the ‘traditional’ torch rally.

The essays in this collection focus on numerous political aspects of the Olympics from a variety of different perspectives, with a Glossary that contains a range of politically relevant entries relating to famous and infamous Olympic athletes, Olympic movement personnel and events and broader political issues and developments which have affected the modern Games.

The purpose of this anthology is not to perpetuate hatred towards the concept and practices of Olympism or to regurgitate a ‘celebratory party line’. Instead, in addition to being informative, the book offers critical engagement with the Olympics by raising awareness of the movement’s political significance. Consequently, the essays in this anthology illustrate the strong but changing links between the modern Olympic Games and politics, in general, and address and discuss the key political aspects and issues with regard to the Games themselves, to national and international sport organisations and to specific countries’ attitudes to (ab) using the idea/ideal of the Olympics for their own political ends.

Selected Contents: Map: Summer and Winter Olympic Games Host Venues Essays: The Politics of the Olympics: An Introduction Alan Bairner and Gyozo Molnar. Olympic Power, Olympic Politics: Behind the Scenes Helen Jefferson Lenskyj. The Politics of Hosting the Olympic Games John Horne. Politics of Gender Through the Olympics: The Changing Nature of Women’s Involvement in the Olympics Susan J. Brandy. The Politics of Performance Enhancement in the Olympic Games Rob Beamish. Disability, Olympism and Paralympism P. David Howe. The Olympics and Terrorism David L. Andrews, Jaime Schultz and Michael L. Silk. Berlin 1936 Christopher Young. The Olympics and the Cold War: An Eastern European Perspective Miklós Hadas. The Olympics in the Post-Soviet Era: The Case of the Two Koreas Jung Woo Lee. Taiwanese Identities and the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games Ping-Chao Lee, Alan Bairner and Tien-Chin Tan. A-Z Glossary Alan Bairner and Gyozo Molnar May 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-494-1: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434941

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

35

Olym pics an d paralympics

36

The Olympic Games Explained A Student Guide to the Evolution of the Modern Olympic Games Jim Parry and Vassil Girginov Series: Student Sport Studies 2004: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-34603-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34604-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-33170-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346047

The Paralympic Games Explained Ian Brittain, Coventry University, UK

The Paralympic Games Explained is the first complete introduction to the Paralympic phenomenon, exploring every key aspect and issue, from the history and development of the Paralympic movement to the economic and social impact of the contemporary Games.

The book introduces the three most important theoretical models of disability (medical, social and bio-social), to enable the reader to fully understand the Paralympics in the context of wider discussions of disability in society. It also offers a straightforward explanation of the importance of language and terminology in shaping our understanding of disability and disability sport. Including international examples and comparative material throughout, the book offers detailed and broad-ranging discussion of key issues such as: • how societal attitudes influence disability sport • the governance of Paralympic and elite disability sport • the relationship between the Paralympics and the Olympics

The Olympic Games and Cultural Policy

The International Olympic Committee and the Olympic System

Beatriz Garcia, University of Liverpool, UK

The Governance of World Sport

Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society

Jean-Loup Chappelet, Swiss Graduate School of Public Administration, Lausanne, Switzerland

new

This book explores how cultural policies are reflected in the design, management and promotion of the Olympic Games. Beatriz Garcia examines the concept and evolution of cultural policies throughout the recent history of the Olympic Games and then specifically evaluates the cultural program of the Sydney 2000 Olympic Games. Garcia argues that the cultural relevance of a major event is highly dependant on the consistency of the policy choices informing its cultural dimensions. She demonstrates how major events, such as the Olympic Games, frequently fail to leave long-term cultural legacies and are often unable to provide an experience that fully engages and represents the host community, due to their over-emphasis on an economic rather than a social and cultural agenda.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Cultural Policy and the Olympic Movement 1. Introduction: The Cultural Policy of Global Events 2. The Olympic Games Cultural Programme 3. The Cultural Policies of the IOC Part 2: Designing and Managing The Olympic Cultural 4. Towards Sydney 2000.

Australian Heritage and Olympic Promises 5. A New Image for Sydney and Australia 6. Internal Operations: Fitting Cultural Imperatives Within a Sports Event Management Structure 7. External Operations: Liaising with Olympic Cultural Stakeholders Part 3: Communicating the Olympic Cultural Programme 8. Olympic Communications & Marketing 9. The Olympic Arts Festival Communication and Marketing Strategy 10. Existing and Potential Stakeholders 11. The Cultural Olympiad Media Coverage Part 4: Towards a Cultural Olympics 12. Cultural Programming Post Sydney 2000 13. The Future of Cultural Policy at the Olympics. References. Index.

June 2010: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99563-4: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415995634

Series: Global Institutions

This book analyzes the International Olympic Committee, what makes the system work and whether it will survive in the twenty-first century considering the major changes that have taken place in sport over recent decades.

2008: 216 x 138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43167-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43168-2: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89317-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431682

The Beijing Olympiad The Political Economy of a Sporting Mega-Event Paul Close, David Askew and Xu Xin 2006: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-35700-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35701-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00301-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357012

Olympic Cities

• drugs and technology in disability sport

City Agendas, Planning, and the World’s Games, 1896 to 2016

• classification in disability sport.

Edited by John R. Gold and Margaret M. Gold

Containing useful features throughout, such as review questions, study activities, web links and guides to further reading, The Paralympic Games Explained is the most accessible, comprehensive and thoughtful guide to the Paralympics currently available. It is essential reading for all students with an interest in disability sport, sporting mega-events, the politics of sport, or disability in society.

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

Selected Contents: 1. The History and Development of the Paralympic Games 2. The Olympic Movement and the Paralympic Games 3. The Governance of Paralympic Sport 4. Disability and the Body 5. The Broader Social Issues of Disability within Society and Their Impact on Sports Participation 6. Media, Marketing and Disability Sport 7. Major Issues within the Paralympic Movement 8. The Under Representation of Women and Athletes with High Support Needs at the Paralympic Games 9. International Perspectives on Paralympic Participation 10. Special Olympics, Intellectual Disability and the Paralympic Games.

Bibliography. Index

Olympic Cities provides the first full overview of the changing relationship between cities and the Olympic events since 1896.

With eighteen specially commissioned and original essays written by a team of distinguished authors from the UK and overseas, it explores the historical experience of staging the Olympics from the point of view of the host city.

2007: 246 x 174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-37406-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37407-1: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09887-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374071

2009: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47658-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47659-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88556-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476591

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

O lymp i cs an d par alymp i cs

Forthcoming in 2011

new

The Beijing Olympics

The Flame Relay and the Olympic Movement

Jesse Owens, the Press, and the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games

The Projection of Modern China and the Contest for Hearts and Minds

Edited by John J. MacAloon, University of Chicago, USA

Pamela C. Laucella, Indiana University, USA

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives The Flame Relay and the Olympic Movement is the first book-length scholarly study in English of the contemporary Olympic flame relay. Reporting for the first time on years of intensive ethnographic research and organizational intervention, John J. MacAloon literally follows the Olympic flame through twenty years of intercultural encounter, conflict, and negotiation.

Focusing on the frequently harmonious, sometimes perilous encounters among Greek flame relay officials, cultural agents, and discourses, foreign Olympic Games organizing committees, and such transnational actors as the IOC and its corporate sponsors since 1984, a context is created for understanding the significance for the Olympic movement and for globalization studies of the 2004 Athens flame relay, the first to travel the entire world.

Through intensive interviews and co-participations with leading Greek and American actors and the contributions of young Greek researchers who worked backstage on the relay, The Flame Relay and the Olympic Movement demonstrates how culturally parochial the managerial regime of ’world’s best practices’ often turns out to be and yet how inescapable it has become for those who wish to communicate across cultural and political boundaries. This dilemma, the contributors argue, constitutes the practical form in which the struggle to preserve a sense of ’Olympism’ and ’the Olympic Movement’ against the demands and prerogatives of today’s Olympic sports industry is being chiefly fought out.

Series: Studies in African American History and Culture Jesse Owens secured his place as one of the most celebrated athletes of the twentieth-century after winning four gold medals at the 1936 Olympics in Berlin. This book examines the press coverage of the time, which helped to elevate Owens to such status.

Pamela C. Laucella utilizes examples not just from the mainstream press, but also from the black and Communist press, and reveals critical differences in the tone, emphasis, and type of coverage. She offers exceptional insight into the potency of language and discourse in influencing readers’ perceptions of events and individuals and demonstrates how the press coverage of the 1930s continues to shape our understandings of Owens’ legacy.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Press Treatment of Race and Jesse Owens 2. Grantland Rice’s Coverage of Owens 3. The Mainstream Writers 4. The Black Newspapers 5. The American Communist Press’ Treatment of Jesse Owens 6. Conclusions. Notes. Bibliography. Index August 2010: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99614-3: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996143

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society Selected Contents: Preface and Acknowledgements 1. The Flame Relay, the Olympic Ritual System, and Greek National Consciousness 2. Lampadedromia Song-hwa Pong-song, Fakkel-Stafetten Paradigmatic Intercultural Encounters on the Relay 3. This Flame, Our Eyes: From American Spite and Greek Bitterness to ’World’s Best Practices,’ the Flame Relays of 1984 and 1996 4. Progress of the ALEM Model: An Interview with Steven McCarthy 5. ATHOC Prepares for 2004 and Ruptures Greek Olympic History: An Interview with Athanasios Kritsinelis 6. Laying Out the Route: ATHOC Organizational Life Until ALEM and Coca Cola 7. The Flame is Lit: A Greek-American Journalist at the 2004 Flame Lighting Ceremony 8. From Olympia to Athens: An Interview with Georgos Chalkidis 9. Greeks Along for the Ride: The World-Wide Relay of the Athens Flame 10. Finally Home: Celebration and Disorientation in the Relay Across Greece to the Olympic Stadium 11. The Global Parochial and the Future of the Olympic Movement April 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44832-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48416-9: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484169

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Edited by Monroe E. Price, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Daniel Dayan, Institut d’Etudes Politiques, Paris, France The 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing is already one of the most significant events in terms of establishing imagery designed to have a long standing impact. It involves the coordination of various institutional actors with multiple, often competing interests and narratives: some that can be described as ’integrative,’ some as ’disruptive,’ depending on the point of view.

The International Olympic Committee, the Beijing Organizing Committee (BOCOG), corporate sponsors, media organizations, human rights organizations and civil society-as well as the Chinese Communist Party itself – are positioning themselves to affect or control the narratives through which these games will be understood, often with a high degree of symbolizm.

This edited book offers new perspectives for examining Olympic Games, and redefines modes of studying major struggles over imagery. It examines the ways in which key actors struggle to retain or upset the contested symbolic constitution of this major media event. In short, it will seek to describe the battlefield on which control of narrative is fought.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Creating and Defending the Principal Narratives 1. Olympics and the Future of Media Events Contest, Conquest, Coronation 2. Auspicious Rites of Megaspace in the Beijing Olympics 3. China, the ’Law of the Olympics,’ and Social Change 4. China, Public Diplomacy and the Olympics Part 2: The Olympics and their Doubles 5. Palimpsest, Platform and Re-emplotment 6. Globalization and the Cultural Diversity of the Olympic Movement 7. The IOC, Sponsorship and Ambush Advertising 8. Non Accredited Press, Alternate Voices 9. Fragility, National Identity and the Evolution of Narration 10. Fragility, National Identity and the Evolution of Narration 11. China in the Global Spotlight 1900 to 2008 Part 3: Media Diffusion, New Technologies, New Media Structures 12. Media Events Technology Diffusion a Closer Look at Mobile Initiatives for the Beijing Olympics 13. Cultural Representation and Interpretation of China in the Closing Ceremony of the Athens ’04 Olympic Games an Analysis of Television Broadcasts 2009: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44090-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415440905

37

38

Olym pics an d paralympics

Olympic Legacies: Intended and Unintended

Beijing 2008: Preparing for Glory

Political, Cultural, Economic and Educational

Chinese Challenge in the ’Chinese Century’

Edited by J.A. Mangan, formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Mark Dyreson, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Edited by J.A. Mangan, formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Dong Jinxia, Beijing University, China

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Series: Sport in the Global Society

For more than a century, the Olympics have been the modern worldís most significant sporting event. Indeed, they deserve much credit for globalizing sport beyond the boundaries of the Anglo-American universe, where it originated, into broader global realms. By the 1930s, the Olympics had become a global mega-event that occupied the attention of the media, the interest of the public and the energies of nation-states. Since then, projected by television, funded by global capital and fattened by the desires of nations to garner international prestige, the Olympics have grown to gargantuan dimensions.

2008: 246 x 174: 234pp Hb: 978-0-415-37165-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48456-5: £23.50

In the course of its epic history, the Olympics have left numerous legacies, from unforgettable feats to monumental stadiums, from shining triumphs to searing tragedies, from the dazzling debuts on the worldís stage of new cities and nations to notorious campaigns of national propaganda. The Olympics represent an essential component of modern global history. The Olympic movement itself has, since the 1990s, recognized and sought to shape its numerous legacies with mixed success as this book makes clear. It offers ground-breaking analyses of the power of Olympic legacies, positive and negative, and surveys the subject from Athens in 1896 to Beijing in 2008, and indeed beyond.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484565

The 1940 Tokyo Games: The Missing Olympics Japan, the Asian Olympics and the Olympic Movement

Pierre de Coubertin and the Origins of the Modern Olympic Games John J. Macaloon Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-39077-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49494-6: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494946

related journal Sport in Society For more information please visit www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sis

Sandra Collins, San Francisco State University, USA Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37317-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49561-5: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495615

Crafting Patriotism for Global Dominance

This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

America at the Olympics

2009: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55016-1: £80.00

Series: Sport in the Global Society

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550161

This Great Symbol

Mark Dyreson, Pennsylvania State University, USA The United States uses the Olympic Games to construct and contest its national image. For more than a century the Olympics have served the US as a site for erecting memorials to American patriotism and developing mythologies of American exceptionalism.

2008: 246 x 174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-44568-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445689

Olympism: The Global Vision From Nationalism to Internationalism Edited by Boria Majumdar and Sandra Collins Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 202pp Hb: 978-0-415-42537-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48624-8: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486248

Order Yours Today!

For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/sport Or use the order form at the center of this catalogue.

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

sport and society

The Sport and Society Reader

Forthcoming in 2011

Sports A Short Introduction Peter Donnelly, University of Toronto, Canada and Jay Coakley, University of Colorado, USA

Sport is a highly visible and pervasive component of contemporary culture and society. It exists in a wide array of forms worldwide and influences people’s lives on many levels, from international organization to the health of children. In this perceptive and engaging short introduction, Peter Donnelly and Jay Coakley explain what sport is and why it has become so important around the world. Starting with the origins of and institutionalization of sport as we know it, they describe the major social processes that have influenced sport, from commercialization to globalization, and survey key themes, topics and issues at work in contemporary sport. The book also explores different ways of studying and understanding sport, from sport history to sport science, and makes a powerful case for progressive social change within and through sport. This concise and illuminating book is the essential starting point for any student of sport across all its sub-disciplines.

Selected Contents: 1. Origins and Development of Sport 2. Sport Sciences 3. Rationalization of Sport 4. Commercialization of Sport 5. Globalization of Sport 6. Making Sport Better / Making Society Better?

February 2011: 198 x 129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58096-0: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58097-7: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85077-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580977

Edited by David Karen and Robert E. Washington, both at Bryn Mawr College, USA Although everyone loves to watch a fair, evenly matched sports contest, there is no such thing as ’pure sport’. The Sport and Society Reader is a collection of key scholarly and journalistic articles that demonstrate the ways that the sports we love to watch and the teams we love to root for are embedded in important social structures and processes that undermine sports’ ’purity’. The volume presents articles on: • sports with – more or less – class • race matters in sports • gender myths and privileges in sports • sports and deviance • sexuality and sport • globalizing sport.

The articles selected are both entertaining and highly illustrative of the links between sport and other areas of social study, resulting in a book that is as compelling as it is useful. In addition, the introductory approach used throughout orients the reader to specific key issues, making The Sport and Society Reader an ideal standalone text for students of all levels.

David Karen and Robert E. Washington’s fascinating collection of scholarly and journalistic articles challenges the prevailing perception of sports, and will stimulate discussion in the classroom and beyond. This is essential reading for all students of sports studies, the sociology of sport, and the sociology of culture.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Sport: The Game and the Field 1. The Big Picture: Theorizing Sports from Sociological Perspectives 2. High Brow and Low Brow Contests: Sports with More or Less Class 3. Colouring the Game: Race Matters in Sports 4. Manning the Field: Gender Myths and Privileges in Sports – Constructing Masculinity; Socialization 5. Nice Guys Finish Last: Athletes Out of Bounds and the Problem of Sports and Deviance 6. Certain Kinds of People: Sexuality and Sport 7. Growth of Global Community or Neo-Imperialism? National Cultures and the Internationalization of Sports 2009: 246 x 174: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-77248-8: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77249-5: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772495

new

Sport, Theory and Social Problems A Critical Introduction Eric Anderson, University of Bath, UK

• What impact does sport have on the lives of ordinary people?

• How does sport help to perpetuate inequalities in society?

• What can social theory tell us about the role of sport in society?

At their origin competitive sports were institutionalized in Western cultures for the privilege of white, heterosexual men. Over time sport has become more open to categories of people traditionally marginalized in society: women; those from lower social classes; gay men; people of colour; and those differently abled. However, focusing solely on increased social inclusion in sport masks significant problems with both the culture and structure of sport.

This critical textbook examines social exclusion in sport and analyzes the socio-negative attributes associated with competitive, institutionalized sport, for all who play.

Focusing on sport at non-elite levels, this book explores the lives of everyday citizens who play and examines how inequality and social deviance are structured into the social and sporting system. Each chapter uses a key social theory to address a particular social problem in sport, such as learned obedience to authority; the acceptance of pain and injury; the adoption of hyper-masculine, homophobic and sexist attitudes; the teaching of in-group/out-group; and the use of sport as a false mechanism for social mobility. By concentrating on real sport, and through the use of startling vignettes illustrating the experiences of real people, this textbook develops the critical senses, social conscience and theoretical understanding of all students of sport and anybody for whom sport is part of their everyday life.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why we Overly-Value Organized, Competitive Teamsports 2. Teaching Obedience to Authority and thus Complicity with Abuse 3. Learning to Accept, Inflict and Enjoy Violence and Injury 4. Sports use in the Maintenance of Class 5. Sport’s use in Stratifying Men 6. Sport’s use in Marginalizing Women 7. Sport’s use in Excluding, Reproducing Stereotypes, and Othering 8. Changing Sport June 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-57125-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57126-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85743-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571265

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

39

spo rt and socie ty

40

Forthcoming

Frontiers of Sport Series

Sport, Violence and Society Kevin Young, University of Calgary, Canada

Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK

Sport is ubiquitous in the modern era. As such, it is engaged with by exponents of other academic disciplines and professional groups. This innovative series explores the close relationships that exist between sport and other disciplines and professions, and traces the theoretical and professional boundaries that they share. Each book in the series introduces the key themes, topics and debates that define a particular discipline and its engagement with sport – such as sport and sociology, or sport and politics – offering an invaluable overview for all students and scholars working in sport and each mainstream discipline.

• Is violence an intrinsic component of contemporary sport?

• How does violence within sport reflect upon the attitudes of wider society?

In this landmark study of violence in and around contemporary sport, Kevin Young offers the first comprehensive sociological analysis of an issue of central importance within sport studies. The book explores organised and spontaneous violence, both on the field and off, and calls for a much broader definition of ‘sport-related violence’, to include issues as diverse as criminal behaviour by players, abuse within sport and exploitative labour practices.

Offering a sophisticated new theoretical framework for understanding sport-related violence, and including a wide range of case-studies and empirical data, from professional soccer in Europe to ice hockey in North America, the book establishes a benchmark for the study of violence within sport and wider society. Through close examination of often contradictory trends, from anti-violence initiatives in professional sports leagues to the role of the media in encouraging hyper-aggressivity, the book throws new light on our understanding of the socially-embedded character of sport and its fundamental ties to history, culture, politics, social class, gender and the law.

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Violence Sociologically: Approaches, Dimensions, Problems 2. Violence Among Players 3. Violence Among Fans 4. Formations of Violence: Widening the Focus 5. Risk, Pain and Injury in Sport: Violence Outcomes 6. Surveillance, Regulation, Sanction: The Social Control of Sports-Related 7. An Eye on Violence: Media Coverage of Violence in Sport 8. Gender, Culture and Identity: Reproducing and Transforming the Cycle of Violence December 2010: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-54994-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54995-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87461-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549950

New

Forthcoming

Sport and Politics

Sport and Sociology

Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK

Dominic Malcolm, Loughborough University, UK

Sport and politics have become inseparably entwined. From the volatile nationalism of international soccer to human rights controversies surrounding the Beijing Olympics, sport is both an important factor in political discourse and shaped by the wider political environment. In this ground-breaking and thought provoking book, Alan Bairner offers a comprehensive and critical survey of the relationship between sport and politics and argues that by understanding this relationship we can develop a much more nuanced understanding of both sport and politics as aspects of culture.

The book begins with three main propositions – that politicians use sport, that sport reflects political conditions and that sport itself contributes to political culture for good or for ill. Against this background the book explores the key points of interaction between the two, including national and international sport policy, the political economy of sport, nationalism in sport, sport in political thought, globalization, the politics of sporting celebrity, and the neighbouring academic communities of sport and political science. With fascinating case studies woven throughout, this book is the perfect introduction to an important contemporary topic for all students of sport, politics and society.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Sport and Political Thought 2. Sport Policy: National 3. Sport Policy: International 4. Sport, Nationalism and Ethnicity 5. Sport and the Politics of ‘Race’ 6. Sport and Gender Politics 7. Sport, Politics and Morality 8. Political Economy of Sport.

Conclusion: Engaging Politics and Sport October 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57026-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57027-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85843-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570275

• How has our understanding of sport been shaped by sociological ideas?

• How can the study of sport help sociologists to understand wider society?

The sociology of sport is a sub-discipline approaching maturity. This is the first book to stand back and reflect upon the subject’s growth, to trace its developmental phases and to take stock of the current fund of knowledge. It offers a ‘state of the art’ review of the sociology of sport and investigates those areas where sport has come to influence the sociological mainstream. The book also examines how sociology has impacted upon the consciousness of sports fans, administrators and politicians; in other words, the degree of lay engagement with the ideas of sociologists of sport.

Focusing on touchstone issues and concepts within sociological discourse, such as race, gender, celebrity, social activism and social theory, the book assesses the successes and failures of the sociology of sport in influencing the parent discipline, related sub-disciplines, the wider public and sporting organizations. It also asks to what extent the sociology of sport can be said to be distinctive, autonomous and influential, and challenges students of sport to extend their work across disciplinary divides.

As the first book to provide a history of the sociology of sport and to clearly locate the contemporary discipline in the wider currents of sociological discourse, this is important reading for all students and scholars interested in the relationship between sport and society, whether they are working in sport studies or in the sociological mainstream.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Sociology of Sport 1. Understanding the Sociology of Sport as an Area of Study 2. The Emergence of the Sociology of Sport 3. Sociology of Sport and Sports History Part 2: The Academic Impact of the Sociology of Sport 4. Sociology of Sport and Social 5. Sport and Race 6. Sport and Gender 7. Sport and Celebrity 8. Sport, the Body, Health and Medicine Part 3: The External Impact of the Sociology of Sport 9. Sociology of Sport and Social Activism 10. Sociology of Sport and Public Intellectuals 11. Conclusion December 2010: 234 x 156: 230pp Hb: 978-0-415-57121-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57123-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85744-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571234

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

Understanding American Sports

Disability, Sport and Society

Sport, Culture and Society

Gerald R. Gems, North Central College, USA and Gertrud Pfister, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

An Introduction

Grant Jarvie

Nigel Thomas, Staffordshire University, UK and Andy Smith, University of Chester, UK

This exciting, accessible introduction to the field of Sports Studies is the most comprehensive guide yet to the relationships between sport, culture and society.

Taking an international perspective, Sport, Culture and Society provides students with the insight they need to think critically about the nature of sport, and includes:

Since the nineteenth century the USA has served as an international model for business, lifestyle and sporting success. Yet whilst the language of sport seems to be universal, American sports culture remains highly distinctive. Why is this so? How should we understand American sport? What can we learn about America by analyzing its sports culture?

Understanding American Sports offers discussion and critical analysis of the everyday sporting and leisure activities of ‘ordinary’ Americans as well as the ‘big three’ (football, baseball, basketball), and elite sports heroes. Throughout the book, the development of American sport is linked to political, social, gender and economic issues, as well as the orientations and cultures of the multilayered American society with its manifold regional, ethnic, social, and gendered diversities.

Disability sport is a relatively recent phenomenon, yet it is also one that is attracting increasing political and academic interest. This important textbook introduces the reader to key concepts in disability and disability sport and examines the complex relationships between modern sport, disability and other aspects of wider society. Study aids such as key websites, chapter summaries and further reading lists make this book an invaluable resource for students at all levels.

2008: 234 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-37818-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37819-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09936-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415378192

Topics covered include: • American college sports

The Sport Studies Reader

• the influence of immigrant populations

Edited by Alan Tomlinson

• the unique status of American football • the emergence of women’s sport in the USA. With co-authors from either side of the Atlantic, Understanding American Sports uses both the outsider’s perspective and that of the insider to explain American sports culture. With its extensive use of examples and illustrations, this is an engrossing and informative resource for all students of sports studies and American culture.

2006: 246 x 174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-419-26020-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-419-26030-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09900-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419260301

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. An Introduction to the United States 2. The Evolution of American Sports 3. A Nation of Immigrants 4. The Relevance of Baseball 5. Football Games 6. Sport Organisations and Institutions – Colleges, Schools and Professional Leagues 7. Physical Education and Sports in American Schools 8. Professional Sport - Development and Organization 9. Fitness and Recreational Sport 10. Sport and Race 11. Women and Sport: The Long Road to Liberation 12. The Cultural Importance of Sports Heroes 13. Sport, Media, Consumption 14. Sport as Big Business 2009: 246 x 174: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-44364-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44365-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88617-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443654

An Introduction

• a clear and comprehensive structure • unrivalled coverage of the history, culture, media, sociology, politics and anthropology of sport • coverage of core topics and emerging areas • extensive original research and new case study material.

The book offers a full range of features to help guide students and lecturers, including essay topics, seminar questions, key definitions, extracts from primary sources, extensive case studies, and guides to further reading.

Sport, Culture and Society represents both an important course resource for students of sport and also sets a new agenda for the social scientific study of sport.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Broader Context 1. Sport, Theory and the Problem of Values 2. Sport, History and Social Change 3. Sport, Politics and Culture Part 2: Sport, Globalization and Other Communities 4. Sport and Globalization 5. Internationalism, Reconciliation and Sport in the Making of Nations 6. Sport, Media and Television 7. Sport, Law and Governance – Is Sport Above the Law? 8. Other Sporting Communities Part 3: Sport, Identities and Alternative Lifestyles 9. Sport, Violence and Crime 10. Sport, Body and Society 11. Sport and the Environment 12. Sport and Religion 13. Sport, Lifestyles and Alternative Cultures 14. Sport, Identities and Recognition Part 4: Sport, Social Division and Change 15. Sport and Social Divisions 16. Sport, Community and Social Capital 17. Sport and Social Change 18. Sport, Human Rights and Poverty.

Conclusion 2006: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-30646-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30647-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-97000-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415306478

Foucault, Sport and Exercise Power, Knowledge and Transforming the Self Pirkko Markula-Denison and Richard Pringle 2006: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-35862-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35863-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00650-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415358637

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

41

spo rt and socie ty

42

’Race’ and Sport

Matters of Sport

Critical Race Theory

Essays in Honour of Eric Dunning

Boxing, Masculinity and Identity

Kevin Hylton, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Edited by Dominic Malcolm and Ivan Waddington

The ’I’ of the Tiger

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Kath Woodward

This festschrift in honour of Eric Dunning – the leading sports sociologist in the English- speaking world – addresses his contributions to the sociological and historical study of sport with reflections from leading international academics.

2006: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36770-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36771-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02018-0

Offering a genuinely cutting edge review of critical race theory, this book opens the field to a wide readership of students and researchers.

This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal Sport in Society.

2007: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34833-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8282-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49721-0 2008: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-43655-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43656-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89367-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436564

Sport and Gender Identities Masculinities, Femininities and Sexualities Edited by Cara Carmichael Aitchison 2006: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-25956-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25957-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64664-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415259576

A Sport-Loving Society Victorian and Edwardian Middle-Class England at Play Edited by J.A. Mangan Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5245-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8229-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49740-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780714682297

Power and Global Sport Zones of Prestige, Emulation and Resistance Joseph Maguire 2005: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-25279-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25280-5: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09899-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415252805

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780714682822

Playing on the Periphery Sport, Identity and Memory Tara Brabazon Series: Sport in the Global Society

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415367714

Anti-Sport Sentiments in Literature Batting for the Opposition John Bale This book draws on literature, specifically on the writings of selected novelists and poets and it’s principle aim is to widen an existing anti-sport discourse to include hitherto excluded voices from the world of literature.

2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42265-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93582-8

2006: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-37561-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48492-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09910-0

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415422659

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484923

German Football

Japan, Sport and Society

Edited by Alan Tomlinson and Christopher Young

Tradition and Change in a Globalizing World

2005: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-35195-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35196-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-69868-6

Edited by Joseph Maguire and Masayoshi Nakayama Series: Sport in the Global Society 2005: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5358-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8293-8: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50441-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780714682938

History, Culture, Society

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415351966

Sport, Technology and the Body The Nature of Performance Tara Magdalinski, University College Dublin, Ireland

Football and European Identity Historical Narratives Through the Press Liz Crolley and David Hand 2006: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-32186-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32187-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29953-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415321877

Sport, Technology and the Body examines the nature of performance, cultural resistance to the enhancement of athletes, and the ways in which technology confounds popular conceptions of the sporting body and its achievements as ’natural’. Offering a powerful challenge to conventional views of athletic performance it is essential reading for all serious students of the sociology, culture or ethics of sport.

2008: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-37877-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37876-5: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415378765

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

Fit for Consumption

New

Men and the War on Obesity

Sociology and the Business of Fitness

The End of the Obesity Epidemic

A Sociological Study

Jennifer Smith Maguire

This is the first book to offer a comprehensive socio-cultural and historical analysis of the current fitness culture.

Combining observations in health clubs, interviews with fitness producers and consumers, and a discourse analysis of a wide variety of fitness texts, Fit for Consumption provides an empirically grounded examination of one of the pressing theoretical questions of our time: how individuals learn to fit into consumer culture and the service economy; how our bodies and selves become ‘fit for consumption’.

2007: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42180-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42181-2: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94065-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421812

Michael Gard, Charles Sturt University, Australia Despite apocalyptic predictions from a vocal alliance of health professionals, politicians and social commentators that rising obesity levels would lead to a global health crisis, this crisis has not materialized. In this provocative follow up to his classic work of obesity scepticism, The Obesity Epidemic, Michael Gard argues that we have therefore entered into a new, and perhaps terminal, phase of the obesity debate.

Visit our up-to-date website for a complete listing of all our titles. www.routledge.com/sport

Evidence suggests that obesity rates are levelling off in Western societies, life expectancy in many non-Western societies continues to rise in line with rising obesity rates, and across the world policy-makers have remained largely indifferent and inactive in the face of this apparently deadly threat to our health and well-being.

Dissecting and dismissing much of the over-blown rhetoric and ideological bias found on both sides of the obesity debate, Gard demonstrates that the science of obesity remains radically uncertain and that it is therefore impossible to establish an objective ‘truth’ on which to base policy. His powerful and inescapable conclusion is that we should now mark the end of the obesity epidemic.

Offering a road map through the maze of claims and counter-claims, while still holding to a sceptical standpoint, this book provides an unparalleled anatomy of obesity as a scientific, political and cultural issue. It is essential reading for anybody with an interest in the science or sociology of health and lifestyle.

Can’t find what you’re looking for?

Lee F. Monaghan, University of Limerick, Ireland

2008: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-40711-3: £83.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40712-0: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92957-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407120

Education, Disordered Eating and Obesity Discourse Fat Fabrications John Evans, Loughborough University, UK, Emma Rich, Loughborough University, UK, Brian Davies, Cardiff University, UK and Rachel Allwood, Loughborough University, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Sky is Still Falling, Isn’t it? 3. The Inconvenience of Good News 4.

More Bad Good News 5. Obesity Policy: The Good, the Bad and the Ugly 6. Fatlash 7. Obesity Scepticism: the Free Market 8. Obesity Scepticism: Fat Acceptance 9. Business as Usual September 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-48987-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48988-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88119-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489881

The Obesity Epidemic Science, Morality and Ideology Michael Gard and Jan Wright 2005: 234 x 156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-31896-9: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-61930-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318969

Lee F. Monaghan offers a timely, critical and original take on the obesity debate, bringing male bodies into the frame and questioning the claim from public health that millions of people are unhealthy because they are ‘overweight’ or ‘obese’.

This book investigates how ‘body centred talk’ around weight, fat, food and exercise is recycled in schools, enters educational processes, and impacts on the identities and health of young people.

2008: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-41894-2: £83.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41895-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92671-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418959

Biopolitics and the ’Obesity Epidemic’ Governing Bodies Edited by Jan Wright, University of Wollongong, Australia and Valerie Harwood, University of Wollongong, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Health and Social Welfare Biopolitics and the ‘Obesity Epidemic’, the first edited collection of critical perspectives on the ’obesity epidemic,’ provides a comprehensive discussion of current issues in the critical analysis of health, obesity and society, and the impact of obesity discourses on different individuals, social groups and institutions.

2008: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-99188-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88206-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991889

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

43

44

spo rt and socie ty

Handbook of Sports and Media

New

New

Edited by Arthur A. Raney and Jennings Bryant

Biometrics

Women and Exercise

Series: Routledge Communication Series

Bodies, Technologies, Biopolitics

The Body, Health and Consumerism

2006: 254 x 178: 656pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5188-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5189-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87367-0

Joseph Pugliese, Macquarie University, Australia

Edited by Eileen Kennedy, Roehampton University, UK and Pirkko Markula, University of Alberta, Canada

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805851892

Forthcoming in 2011

Critical Readings in Bodybuilding Edited by Adam Locks, University of Chichester, UK and Niall Richardson, University of Sussex, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society Critical Readings in Bodybuilding is the first collection to address the contemporary practice of bodybuilding, especially the way in which the activity has become increasingly more extreme and to consider much neglected debates of gender, eroticism, and sexuality related to the activity. Featuring the leading scholars of bodybuilding and the body as well as emerging voices, this volume will be a key addition to the fields of Sociology, Sport Studies, and Cultural Studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction: What is There to Say About Bodybuilding? Adam Locks and Niall Richardson Part 1: Practices Introduction: What is the ‘Practice’ of Bodybuilding? Niall Richardson and Adam Locks 1. ‘Barbie and the Beast: Emphasized Femininity, Labor and Power Relations among Fitness, Figure and Women Bodybuilding Competitors’ Anne Bolin 2. Accounting for Illicit Steroid Use: Bodybuilders’ Justifications Lee F. Monaghan 3. The Shame-Pride-Shame of the Muscled Self in Bodybuilding: A Life History Study Andrew Sparkes 4. Building Otherwise: Bodybuilding as Immersive Practice Leslie Heywood 5.

Outside and Inside the Gym: Exploring the Identity of the Female Body Builder Tanya Bunsell and Chris Shilling 6.

Bodybuilders, Love and Vanity: Why Professors Should Look in the Mirror More Often Doug Aoki 7. Bodybuilding and Health Work: A Life Course Perspective Brian Bailey and James Gillett Part 2: Representations Introduction: Bodybuilding AS Representation Niall Richardson and Adam Locks 8. The Self Contained Body: the Heroic and Aesthetic/ Erotic Modes of Representing the Muscular Body Kenneth Dutton 9. Flayed Animals in an Abattoir: The Bodybuilder as Body-Garde Adam Locks 10. Aphrodisia and Erotogenesis Joanna Frueh 11. Flex Rated Muscle Worship! Female Bodybuilding: Feminist Resistance or Erotic Spectacle? Niall Richardson 12. Freak Out! Greg Valentino, Synthol and Exploding Bodies Pamela Church Gibson 13. Too Big to be Bexy? Hyper-Muscularity Versus Muscle Tone Clarissa Smith Notes. Conclusion. Index February 2011: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87852-4: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415878524

Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society Biometric technologies, such as finger- or facial-scan, are being deployed across a variety of social contexts in order to facilitate and guarantee identity verification and authentication.

In the post-9/11 world, biometric technologies have experienced an extraordinary period of growth as concerns about security and screening have increased. This book analyzes biometric systems in terms of the application of biopolitical power – corporate, military and governmental – on the human body. It deploys cultural theory in examining the manner in which biometric technologies constitute the body as a target of surveillance and as a data-information object.

The book thereby provides a comprehensive overview and critical analysis of both the local and global ramifications of biometric technologies.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Biopolitics of Biometrics 1. A Genealogy of Biometric Technologies 2. The Biometrics of Infrastructural Whiteness 3. ’Identity Dominance’: Biometrics, Biosurveillance, Terrorism and War 4. Identity Fraud and Imposture: Biometrics, the Metaphysics of Presence and the Alleged Liveness of the ’Live’ Evidentiary Body 5. Neurotechnologies of Truth: Brain Fingerprinting’s Neurognomics and No Lie MRI’s Digital Phrenology. Epilogue June 2010: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87487-8: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874878

Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society Exercise promotion has become an increasingly important and visible part of public health campaigns.

Studies have demonstrated that women have higher levels of obesity and are generally less physically active than men. While significant quantitative research has increased our knowledge of women’s exercise patterns, these studies have revealed only some of the complex issues related to women’s health, the body and physical activity. This book fills this gap by examining women’s contradictory experiences of their bodies, health and exercise within the cultural context of consumerism.

Featuring contributions by leading scholars on women and exercise across North America and Europe, this timely examination of women, exercise and fitness will shape the international dialogue on these critical issues.

Selected Contents: Introduction Pirkko Markula and Eileen Kennedy Part 1: Consuming Exercise and Health 1. Positioning the Body from Fashion to Performance: The Discursive Construction of Exercise in Women’s Lifestyle and Fitness Magazines Eileen Kennedy and Evdokia Pappa 2. Women, Exercise and the Quest for Occupational Success Amanda Waring 3. Women Developing and Branding Fitness Products on the Global Market: The Case of ’Method Putkisto’ Jaana Parviainen 4. ’The Media and I’: A Feminist Deterritorialisation? Pirkko Markula Part 2: Body Trouble: Fat Women and Exercise 5. Fit, Fat and Feminine? The Stigmatisation of Fat Women in Fitness Gyms Louise Mansfield 6. ’I Am (Not) BIG It’s the Pictures That Got Small’: Examining Cultural and Personal Exercise Narratives and the Fear and Loathing of Fat Kerry R. McGannon, Christina R. Johnson and John C. Spence 7. Fat Women’s Experiences of Exercise Synne Groven, Kari Solbrække, Gro Rugseth and Gunn Engelsrud Part 3: In the Name of Health: Women’s Exercise and Public Health 8. A Means to an End? Public Health Discourse and Young Women’s Disordered Engagement with Exercise Emma Rich 9. Refusing to Run for the Cure: Women’s Physical Activity and Embodied Breast Cancer Activism in Canada Samantha King 10. ’Doing Something That’s Good for Me’: Exploring Intersections of Physical Activity and Health Lisa McDermott 11. Resistance in Exercise Settings: The Significance of Western Public Health Discourse for Older Women from Diverse Ethnic Backgrounds Sharon Wray Part 4: Lived Body Experiences: Exercise, Embodiment and Performance 12. Growing Old (Dis)Gracefully?: The Gender/Ageing/ Exercise Nexus Elizabeth C.J. Pike and Bethany Simmonds 13. The New ’Superwoman’: Intersection of Fitness, Physical Culture, and the Female Body Jessica Chin 14. Fashioning Fitness: Aesthetic, Bodies and Artificial Fibres Magdalena Petersson McIntyre 15. Become Aware of Gendered Embodiment: Female Beginners Learning Aikido Paula Lokman 16. Doing Running: A Woman Runner and the Negotiation of Public Space Jacqueline Allen Collinson July 2010: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87120-4: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415871204

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

new

The American Surfer Radical Culture and Capitalism Kristin Lawler, The College of Mount Saint Vincent, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology The image of surfing is everywhere in American popular culture – films, novels, television shows, magazines, newspaper articles, music, and especially advertisements.

In this book, Kristin Lawler examines the surfer, one of the most significant and enduring archetypes in American popular culture, from its roots in ancient Hawaii, to Waikiki beach at the dawn of the twentieth century, continuing through Depression-era California, cresting during the early sixties, persistently present over the next three decades, and now, more globally popular than ever. Throughout, Lawler sets the image of the surfer against the backdrop of the negative reactions to it by those groups responsible for enforcing the Puritan discipline – pro-work, anti-spontaneity – and thereby offers a fresh take on contemporary discussions of the relationship between commercial culture and counterculture, and between counterculture and capitalism.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Radical: Surf Culture, Counterculture, and Capitalism 2. Island Time: Primitives, Puritans, and Hucksters 3. The Oceanic Feeling: Surfing’s Lost Paradise 4. Riders on the Storm: Surfers and the Sixties 5. The Malibu Surfer Problem: Play and the Cultural Politics of the Class Struggle Conclusion. Notes. Bibliography.

Index.

October 2010: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87489-2: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874892

Routledge Critical Studies in Sport Series Jenny Hargreaves and Ian McDonald, both at University of Brighton, UK The Routledge Critical Studies in Sport series aims to lead the way in developing the multi-disciplinary field of Sport Studies by producing books that are interrogative, interventionist and innovative. By providing theoretically sophisticated and empirically grounded texts, the series will make sense of the changes and challenges facing sport globally.

The series aspires to maintain the commitment and promise of the critical paradigm by contributing to a more inclusive and less exploitative culture of sport.

New

The Gay Games A History Caroline Symons, Victoria University, Australia The Gay Games is an important piece of new social history, examining one of the largest sporting, cultural and human rights events in the world. Since their inception in 1980, the Gay Games have developed into a multi-million dollar mega-event, engaging people from all continents, while the international Gay Games movement has become one of the largest and most significant international institutions for gay and lesbian people. Drawing on detailed archival research, oral history and participant observation techniques, and informed by critical feminist theory and queer theory, this book offers the first comprehensive history of the Gay Games from 1980 through to the Chicago games of 2006. It explores the significance of the Games in the context of broader currents of gay and lesbian history, and addresses a wide range of key contemporary themes within sports studies, including the cultural politics of sport, the politics of difference and identity, and the rise of sporting mega-events. This book is important reading for any serious student of international sport or gender and sexuality studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Dancing with Tom Waddell 2. ’We are Normal’: ’Challenge in 1982’: Gay Games I 3. ’We are Healthy’: ’Triumph in 1986’: Gay Games II and the Procession of the Arts 4. Gay Games in Transition: ’Celebration 90’: Gay Games III and Cultural Festival 5. Going Global: The Internationalization of the Gay Games Movement 6. Big, Brash and Bold: ’Unity 94’: Gay Games IV and Cultural Festival 7. The Gay Way To Europe and the World: Gay Games V and Cultural Festival 8. ’Under New Skies’: Gay Games VI and Cultural Festival 9. ’Transexed Conundrums’ 10. Montreal – No – Chicago! Or Back To Basics: Chicago 2006 and the Split within the International GLBTI Sports Movement. Conclusion April 2010: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-47296-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89184-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472968

Olympic Media Inside the Biggest Show on Television Andrew C. Billings, Clemson University, USA This is the first academic text to explore TV sports media’s output from this ’behind the scenes’ perspective including the first scholarly interviews with the influential US broadcasters and producers and sports media professionals.

2008: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-77250-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77251-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93335-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772518

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport Edited by Ben Carrington, University of Texas at Austin, USA and Ian McDonald, University of Brighton, UK

Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport assesses the contemporary relevance of Marxist approaches and offers a unique and diverse examination of modern sports culture and power relations within sport. It is an invaluable resource for students of sport sociology, Marxism, and cultural studies at all levels

2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-37540-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37541-2: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09905-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415375412

Global and Local Football Politics and Europeanization on the Fringes of the EU Gary Armstrong, Brunel University, UK and Jon P. Mitchell, University of Sussex, UK Based on long-term and detailed ethnographic research, this book uses Malta as a critical case study to explore the dynamics of contemporary football. Examining Maltese football in the context of the island’s unique politics, culture and national identity, the book sheds light upon both Maltese society and on broader processes, both local and global, within the international game.

2008: 234 x 1 56: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35017-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56491-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-60748-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564915

45

spo rt and socie ty

46

Routledge Critical Studies in Sport Series (continued) Culture, Politics and Sport

British Asians and Football

Blowing the Whistle, Revisited

Culture, Identity, Exclusion

Garry Whannel, University of Bedfordshire, UK

Daniel Burdsey

A development of the discourse on ethnicity and sport, exploring the British Asian experience of playing football in terms of the demands of the game and the influences of contrasting yet co-existing cultures.

This book on politics and sport, contains critical analysis of the commercialization of sport, and also includes a complete reprint of the author’s classic 1983 study Blowing the Whistle: The Politics of Sport.

2008: 234 x 156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-45553-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96686-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415455534

2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41706-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41707-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93377-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415417075

The Cultural Politics of the Paralympic Movement Through an Anthropological Lens David Howe, University of Brighton, UK

Raising questions and debates crucial to students of social and disability studies, this book queries the Paralympic games’ development as a positive one, and questions its role as a vehicle for the empowerment of the disabled community.

Sport, Sexualities and Queer/ Theory Edited by Jayne Caudwell 2006: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36761-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36762-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02009-8

Cross-Cultural Perspectives Ramón Spaaij, School of Management, La Trobe University, Australia and Amsterdam School for Social Science Research, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

This book critically examines the ways in which sports contribute to, or inhibit, social well-being, the directions these changes take and the conditions necessary for sport to have beneficial outcomes. The themes addressed in the book demonstrate the diversity and versatility of the social impacts sport can potentially achieve as well as the variable benefits of sport in different social contexts. The contributions are focused around four major themes: • sport development and social change: intended and unanticipated consequences • empowerment and personal change through sport • sport participation, social inclusion and social change

Understanding Lifestyle Sport

The volume constitutes the first scholarly attempt to locate, compare and conceptualize the social impact of sport in different local, national and international contexts. Through international comparison and empirically grounded case studies the book provides an important new departure in the study of the social meanings of sport in society, linking themes and areas that have previously been studied merely separately from one another.

Consumption, Identity and Difference Edited by Belinda Wheaton 2004: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-25954-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25955-2: £28.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415259552

William Morgan 2008: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-28886-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28887-3: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50609-7

2006: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-35773-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35774-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00373-2

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415288873

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357746

Physical Culture, Power, and the Body

Fastest, Highest, Strongest

Edited by Patricia Vertinsky and Jennifer Hargreaves

Rob Beamish and Ian Ritchie

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363525

The Social Impact of Sport

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415367622

Why Sports Morally Matter

2006: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-36351-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36352-5: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01465-3

Forthcoming in 2011

A Critique of High-Performance Sport 2006: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77042-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77043-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96785-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770439

• the impact of sport in society: historical and comparative perspectives

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Social Impact of Sport: Diversities, Complexities and Contexts Ramón Spaaij Part 1: Sport Development and Social Change: Intended and Unanticipated Consequences 2. The Transnational View of Sport and Social Development: The Case of Dominican Baseball Alan Klein 3. The Glue that Holds the Community Together? Sport and Sustainability in Rural Australia Ramón Spaaij Part 2: Empowerment and Personal Change Through Sport 4. Sport as a Post-Disaster Psychosocial Intervention in Bam, Iran Valeria Kunz 5. Esther Phiri and the Moutawakel Effect in Zambia: An Analysis of the Use of Female Role Models in Sport for Development Marianne Meier and Martha Saavedra 6.

Developing through Sport: Evidencing Sport Impacts on Young People Tess Kay Part 3: Sport Participation, Social Inclusion and Social Change 7. Engaging Sport-forDevelopment for Social Impact in the South African Context Cora Burnett 8. Participation through Sport: Bonding and Bridging as Identity Work Jeroen Vermeulen and Paul Verweel 9. Race Relations, Indigenous Australia and the Social Impact of Professional Australian Football Chris Hallinan and Barry Judd Part 4: The Impact of Sport in Society: Historical and Comparative Perspectives 10.

Social Functions of High School Athletics in the United States: A Historical and Comparative Analysis Ruud Stokvis 11. The Social Construction and Impact of Champions Joseph Maguire 12. Epilogue: Personal and Social Change in and Through Sport: Cross-Cutting Themes Ramón Spaaij May 2011: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58394-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415583947

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

New

Australian Sport

Football in Brazil

Antipodean Waves of Change

Edited by Martin Curi, Federal Fluminense University, Brazil

Why Minorities Play or Don’t Play Soccer

Edited by Kristine Toohey, Griffith University, Australia and Tracy Taylor, University of Technology, Australia Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

Australian sport, through its successes on the field of play and in advancing sport coaching and management, has undergone a revolution, as both an enabler of global processes and as subject to its influences (economic, political, migratory etc.). This book examines the shifting place of Australian sports in current global and local environs, from the perspective of spectators, players and administrators.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Janus Faces of Australian Sport Diversity Tracy Taylor 2. The Social Capital of Australian Sport Dwight Zakus, Alan Edwards and James Skinner 3. Australia as the Sporting Adversary: New Zealand’s Gaze Across the Tasman Douglas Booth 4. The Changing Face of Rugby Union in Australia: Not ‘Rah Rahs’ but Superstars Peter Horton 5. Asia’s Place in the Imaging of Australian Cricket Richard Cashman 6. The Iconography of Australian Sport Tara Magdalinski 7. Organisational Change in Australian Surfing: from Boardshorts to Boardroom Danny O’Brien 8. Females and Australian Rules Football Debbie Hindley 9. Swimming Upstream Murray 10. And the Sydney Olympic Games Political Gold Medal Goes To Kristine Toohey and Stephen Frawley

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives No other national stereotype in the world is so closely tied with a sport, as Brazil is with football. The five-time world champions have constructed their national identity around this sport. Perhaps for this reason it’s no wonder that there are many Brazilian social scientists doing research on this theme. This book explores the various themes being worked upon, which are not very well known outside Brazil.

A Global Exploration Edited by Kausik Bandyopadhyay, West Bengal State University, India Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Editorial Martin Curi Part 1: History 2. Arthur Friedenreich (1892 – 1969): A Brazilian Biography Martin Curi 3. Beginning of Football in the Brazilian State Rio Grande do Sul Gilmar Mascarenhas 4. Logic in Football: Why is There so Much Football in Brazil? Luiz Henrique Toledo 5. Invention and History: Racism, the Brazilian Way Antonio Jorge Soares 6. 24 Years Without a World Cup: The Brazilian Crisis Between 1970 and 1994 Ronaldo Helal Part 2: Contemporary Football 7. Football and Identity Simoni Lahud Guedes 8. Football and Media Edilson Gastaldo 9. Football and the Creation of Athletes Arlei Damo 10. Football and Fans Bernardo Borges and Buarque Holanda 11. Football and Stadiums Antonio Holzmeister and Oswaldo Cruz 12. Football and Women Leda Maria da Costa 13. Football and the Globalized Economy Marcelo Weishaupt Proni 14. Football and Rivalry: How England Sees Brazil Marcos Alvito Part 3: Review 15. Football and Politics: A Critique of the Film The Peace Game about Brazil’s Military Presence in Haiti Simoni Lahud Guedes and Martin Curi December 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48866-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488662

March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44745-4: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447454

Forthcoming in 2011

The Politics of Sport Community, Mobility, Identity Edited by Paul Gilchrist, University of Brighton, UK and Russell Holden, Zone Sports and Politics Consultancy, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book presents a range of essays that examine the relationship between sport and society through the conceptual lenses of community, mobility and identity. Drawing upon insights from contemporary history and current political phenomena from leading academic specialists in the field, the issue addresses cross-cutting themes such as loyalty and allegiance, migration and integration, identity and collective memory, and the politics of resistance and change, which will be of interest to the political scientist, the contemporary historian and sport scholar alike.

This book was previously published as a special edition of the journal Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Paul Gilchrist and Russell Holden Part 1: Community 2. The Politics of Football, Ownership and Fandom John Williams and Stephen Hopkins 3. Corporation or Community Asset? What is a Football Club?

Celtic, Manchester United, Barcelona and AFC Wimbledon Contrasted Sean Hamil 4. Communities of Resistance: The Politics of the English and Welsh Canoe Lobby Andrew Church, Paul Gilchrist and Neil Ravenscroft Part 2: Mobility 5. What Happens While the Official Looks the Other Way? Sports Migrants and the Circumvention of the State Tom Carter 6. The Sport Boycott Against Rhodesia Reconsidered Charles Little 7. Sport, Social Change and Aid Grant Jarvie Part 3: Identity 8.

Transferring National Allegiance: Cultural Affinity or Flag of Convenience? David Storey and Michael Holmes 9. Second Class Citizens? Exploring the Myths and Realities of the Welsh Contribution to the 2005 Ashes Victory Russell Holden March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46311-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463119

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

This book examines why in certain countries, minorities chose to take up soccer while in others they backed away from participating in the game or, alternatively, set up their own leagues and practised self-exclusion. The book examines European countries like the Netherlands, England and France, the USA, Africa, Australia and the larger countries of Asia – particularly India.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Minorities and The Global Game Kausik Bandyopadhyay 2. Forgotten Fields?

Centralizing the Experiences of Minority Ethnic Men’s Football Clubs in England Daniel Burdsey 3. Playing Games with ‘Race’: Understanding Resistance to ‘Race’ Equality Initiatives in English Local Football Governance Jim Lusted 4.

North or South? Darron Gibson and the Issue of Player Eligibility Within Irish Soccer David Hassan, Shane McCullough and Elizabeth Moreland 5. Deutschland über Alles: Discrimination in German Football Christos Kassimeris 6. The Dream of Social Mobility: Ethnic Minority Players in Danish Football Clubs Sine Agergaard and Jan Kahr Sørensen 7. The Promise of Soccer in America: The Open Play of Ethnic Subcultures Derek Van Rheenen 8. Association Football to Fútbol: Ethnic Succession and the History of Chicago-Area Soccer Since 1920 David Trouille 9. No Single Pattern: Australian Migrant Minorities and the Round Ball Code in Victoria Roy Hay and Nick Guoth 10. In Search of an Identity: The Muslims and Football in Colonial India Kausik Bandyopadhyay 11. Colonial Legacy, Minorities and Association Football in Kenya Wycliffe W. Simiyu Njororai 12. Not Just for Men: Israeli Women Who Fancy Football Amir Ben-Porat May 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49714-5: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497145

47

48

spo rt and socie ty

Forthcoming

New

Who Owns Football?

Cricket and Identity in Pakistan and Anglo-Pakistan

The Governance and Management of the Club Game Worldwide David Hassan, University of Ulster, UK and Sean Hamil, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK The commercialization of sport since the 1990s has had a number of consequences. The market forces that have defined commercialization, notably pay-per-view television, whilst initially welcomed as important new sources of revenue, have also had the unanticipated consequences of de-stabilizing many sporting competitions and institutions, undermining the financial future of clubs in their traditional role as key social and cultural institutions. This has been manifested in the paradox of chronic financial loss-making amongst professional sports’ clubs in an era of exponential revenue growth, a trend exemplified by the experience of Italy’s Series A and the English Premier League – both cases examined in detail in this book.

But, at the same time, some traditional sporting organizations have sought with some success, to chart a middle way, retaining traditional sporting movement objectives whilst also embracing a form of commercialism. The Gaelic Athletic Association in Ireland, the supporter-owned FC Barcelona football club, and New Zealand rugby union, offer illustrative examples of such strategies examined in detail. This book explores the background to this clash of commercial and traditional sporting objectives, and debates the consequences for wider sports governance.

This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. The Current State of Football Club Administration in Europe David Hassan and Sean Hamil 2. The Take Over of Manchester United F.C. and the Subsequent Success of FCUM Adam Brown 3. A Theoretical Overview of Football Club Management in Britain Sean Hamil 4. The Rationale of Supporters Direct in England Brian Lomax 5. AFC Wimbledon and the Milton Keynes Affair Christopher Stewart 6. The Crisis of Scottish Club Football Alan Bairner 7. How Football’s New Commercialism Turned Sour Dave Conn 8. Community Based Sports Management – The Way Forward? David Hassan 9. The Role of Organised Fan Power in the Reform of the English Football Industry Dave Boyle 10. Chapter on Management and Administration of Barcelona F.C., Spain 11. Additional Chapters on Football in Scandinavia Planned

Sporting Nations of the Imagination Chris Valiotis, University of New South Wales, Australia and Boria Majumdar, La Trobe University, Australia Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book looks at the role of Pakistani national identity through the lens of cricket. It examines the significance of various constructions of national identity in response to overarching political authoritarianism in Pakistan and racial discrimination of Pakistani migrant communities in England. The study discusses a range of issues including those of nationalism, personal and collective identities, sports development and popular culture, and social and political history in a postcolonial world of overlapping and disjunctive cultural processes where the certainties of the modernist project, including clearly defined political and institutional identities, have been made to appear irrelevant.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. ‘A Nation Imperfectly Imagined’: Muslim Nationalism and the Demand for Pakistan 3. Jinnah’s Prize, An Impaired Vision: Power and Ideology in Pakistan 4. The Close of Play: Colonial Cricket and Partition 5. Pakistan Zindabad: Early Patrons and Players of an Orphaned Game 6. From Elite Sport to a Popular Culture: The Emergence of the ‘Vernacular’ Cricketer 7. The Political Umpire: Cricket Nationalism and Counter-Narratives 8. Runs in the Outfield: The Pakistani Diaspora and Cricket in England October 2010: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43973-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415439732

New

Sport: Race, Ethnicity and Identity Building Global Understanding Edited by Daryl Adair, University of Technology Sydney, Australia Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book discusses issues of diversity, capacity and equity in the colourful world of global sport. A panoramic approach, covering ’race’, ethnicity and identity is consistent with the contemporary global migration of professional athletes, as well as the multicultural contexts of sport in various regions. This collection of essays therefore addresses international dimensions of sport, commonality and difference, as well as the special circumstances of sport and social relations in particular places.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Building Global Understanding: Diversity, Equity and Capacity in Sport Daryl Adair 2. Sport as the New African Slave Trade: A Postcolonial and Global Phenomenon Colin King 3. Sport in Postcolonial African Nations: Liberation and its Discontents Bob Chappell 4. ‘The Race for Supremacy’: The Politics of ‘White’ Sport in South Africa, 1880–1910 Dean Allen 5. A Matter of Identity: Historical Legacy and Quotas in South African Sport Christopher Merrett 6. International Development or White Man’s Burden?: The IAAF’s Regional Development Centres and Regional Sporting Assistance James Connor and Melissa McEwen 7. Touring for the Nation: African-American Athletes and the Cultural Cold War Damion Thomas 8. In Groups, Out Groups and Ethno-Religious Identity in Scottish Football Joseph M. Bradley 9. Changing Perceptions of Ethnicity Wrought by the A-League in Australia’ Daniel Lock 10. The Televised Sport ‘Monkey’ Trial: Race and the Politics of Postcolonial Cricket David Rowe 11. Conclusion: The Colourful World of Contemporary Sport: More Than Skin and Kin Daryl Adair October 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48354-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483544

November 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44570-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445702

Want more information on a book?

Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

New

Forthcoming

New

Sport, Culture and Ideology in the State of Israel

’Critical Support’ for Sport A Festschrift for Bruce Kidd

South Africa and the Global Game

Edited by Yair Galily and Amir Ben-Porat, Ben Gurion University, Israel

Bruce Kidd, University of Toronto, Canada

Football, Apartheid and Beyond

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

Edited by Peter Alegi, Michigan State University, USA and Chris Bolsmann, Aston University, UK

During more than forty years, Bruce Kidd has combined careers as an internationally ranked athlete, coach, sports administrator, professor and dean with critical scholarly and popular writing about sport, often on the issues in which he has been directly involved. Frequently called ‘the conscience of Canadian sport’, he defines his perspective as that of ‘critical support’: while he can be savage about the inequalities and abuses of power in contemporary sport, he seeks to reform sports so that many more people can enjoy their potential benefits.

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book traces, conceptually and historically, the multifaceted nature of sports in the State of Israel from its early years. It is argued that sports in Israel have to be seen as interdependent within the broader socio-political dimensions. Moreover, it is argued that the development of sport in Israel can only be adequately understood by presenting them in its unique historical context. The processes of state formation, population growth, urbanization, militarization, and, most germane to the present purposes, the development of sport are presented alongside stories of Games (such as the Maccabiah) and (Zionist) Ideology.

This book was based on a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Editorial: Sixty Years of Sport and Society in the State of Israel Y. Galily and A. Ben-Porat 2. Six Decades of Sport, From a Game to Commodity: Football as Parable A. Ben-Porat 3. Sport, Zionist Ideology and the State of Israel H. Kaufman and Y. Galily 4. The Contribution of The Maccabiah Games to the Development of Sport in The State of Israel Y. Galily 5. ’It Is Important That We Beat the Gentiles’: The National Significance of Israel’s Soccer Matches Against the USSR, Summer 1956 H. Harif 6. Bnei Sakhnin Through the Documentary Looking Glass: Telling the Story of Arab Football in a Jewish State A. Bernstein and L. Mandelzis 7. ’The Only Place Where an Arab can Hit a Jew and Get a Medal for That’: Boxing and Masculine Pride Among Arab Citizens of Israel T. Sorek 8. A Social-Historical Perspective on the Development of Sports for Persons With Physical Disability in Israel I. Britian and Y. Hutzler 9. The Ecology of Physical Activity in Israel: Active Transportation, Health and Public Policy in The Age of Sport Industrialization D. Mishori and M. Levy September 2010: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56531-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565318

This book provides a sampling of Professor Kidd’s scholarly writing. The issue begins with Kidd’s reflection on the ways in which ‘sport’ is constituted by ‘society’ and a lifetime of simultaneous scholarship and intervention. The rest of the issue is organized around three themes: the Canadian sport system, the Olympic Movement, and his ‘recovery projects’, historical writing that brought long-forgotten earlier initiatives and episodes back into public understanding. In each case, Kidd provides a brief introduction of 1000-1500 words that sets the context for the original article and provides an update on the subject matter.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: My Life as a Scholar-Activist Section 1: The Canadian Sport System 2. Canada’s ’National Sport’ (1968) 3. The Canadian State and Sport: The Dilemma of Intervention (1980) 4. The Philosophy of Excellence: Olympic Performances and the Canadian state (1988) 5. Toronto’s SkyDome: The World’s Greatest Entertainment Centre (1995) 6. Muscular Christianity and Value-Centred Sport: The Legacy of Tom Brown in Canada (2006) Section 2: The Olympic Movement 7. The Myth of the Ancient Olympics (1984) 8. Canadian Opposition to the 1936 Olympics in Germany (1978) 9. The Olympic Movement and the Sports Media Complex (1987) 10. ’Seoul to the World, the World to Seoul’... and Ben Johnson (1990) 11. A New Orientation to the Olympic Games (1991) 12. The Culture Wars of the Montreal Olympics (1992) 13. Psychological Aspects of the Experiences of Athletes in the Olympic Villages (1996) 14. The Global Sporting Legacy of the Olympic Movement (2002) 15. Another World is Possible: Recapturing Alternative Olympic Histories (2005) Section 3: Recovery Projects 16. In Defence of Tom Longboat (1983) 17. ’Making the Pros Pay’ for Amateur Sports: The Ontario Athletic Commission 1920 – 1947 (1995) 18. Girls Sports Run by Girls (1996) 19. Workers’ Sport, Workers’ Culture (1996) December 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48868-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488686

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

South Africa and the Global Game: Football, Apartheid, and Beyond presents an interdisciplinary analysis of how and why South Africa underwent a remarkable transformation from a pariah in world sport to the first African host of a World Cup in 2010.

Written by an eminent team of scholars, this book aims to examine the importance of football in South African society, revealing how the black oppression transformed a colonial game into a force for political, cultural and social liberation.

This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Peter Alegi and Chris Bolsmann Part 1: Past is Prologue – History of Football in South Africa 2. Football as Code: The Social Diffusion of ‘Soccer’ in South Africa Lloyd Hill 3. White Football in South Africa: Empire, Apartheid and Change, 1892–1977 Chris Bolsmann 4. A Biography of Darius Dhlomo: Transnational Footballer in the Era of Apartheid Peter Alegi 5. Women and Gender in South African Soccer Cynthia Fabrizio Pelak Part 2: Football Culture after Apartheid: Local and Transnational Dynamics 6. ’You Must Support Chiefs: Pirates Already Have Two White Fans!’ Race and Racial Discourse in South African Football Fandom Marc Fletcher 7. ’It wasn’t that I did not like South African Football’: Media, History, and Biography Sean Jacobs 8. Soccer in a Rugby Town: Restructuring Football in Stellenbosch Sylvain Cubizolles 9. Differing Trajectories: Football Development and Patterns of Player Migration in South Africa and Ghana Paul Darby and Eirik Solberg Part 3: The 2010 World Cup: Challenges and Opportunities 10. Football’s Tsars: Proprietorship, Corporatism and Politics in the 2010 FIFA World Cup Scarlett Cornelissen 11. Sports as Cultural Diplomacy: The 2010 FIFA World Cup in South Africa’s Foreign Policy Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu 12. World Cup 2010: Africa’s Turn or the Turn on Africa? Ashwin Desai and Goolam Vahed 13. The 2010 FIFA World Cup: Critical Voices From Below Percy Ngonyama June 2010: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46931-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469319

49

spo rt and socie ty

50

New

New

New

The Changing Face of Cricket

The Containment of Soccer in Australia

Sport in Australian National Identity

Fencing Off the World Game

Kicking Goals

Edited by Christopher J. Hallinan, Monash University, Australia and John E. Hughson, University of Central Lancashire, UK

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

From Imperial to Global Game Edited by Dominic Malcolm, Loughborough University, UK, Jon Gemmell and Nalin Mehta Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives The Changing Face of Cricket provides an overview of the various ways in which social scientists have analyzed the game’s cultural impact. The book’s international analysis encompasses Australia, the Caribbean, England, India, Ireland, South Africa, Sri Lanka and Zimbabwe. Its interdisciplinary approach allies anthropology, history, literary criticism, political studies and sociology with contributions from cricket administrators and journalists. The collection addresses historical and contemporary issues such as gender equality, global sports development, the impact of cricket mega-events, and the growing influence of commercial and television interests culminating in the Twenty20 revolution.

Whether one loves or hates the game, understands what turns square legs into fine legs, or how mid-offs become silly, The Changing Face of Cricket will enlighten the reader on the game’s cultural contours and social impact and prove to be the essential reader in cricket studies.

This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Cricket and Modernity: International and Interdisciplinary Perspectives on the Study of the Imperial Game Dominic Malcolm, Jon Gemmell and Nalin Mehta 2. Naturally Played by Irishmen: A Social History of Irish Cricket Jon Gemmell 3. South African Cricket and British Imperialism, 1870–1910 Dean Allen 4. Irish Australians, Postcolonialism and the English Game Alan Bairner 5. ‘From Far it Look Like Politics’: C.L.R. James and the Canon of English Cricket Literature Anthony Bateman 6. ‘Fiery Fred’: Fred Trueman and Cricket Celebrity in the 1950s and Early 1960s Jack Williams 7. Rebellion, Race and Rhodesia: International Cricketing Relations with Rhodesia During UDI Charles Little 8. A National(ist) Line in Postcolonizing Cricket: Viv Richards, Biographies and Cricketing Nationalism Malcolm MacLean 9. Brian Lara in Poetic Form: Tradition, Talent and the Caribbean ‘mwe’ Claire Westall 10. Wunderkidz in a Blunderland: Tensions and Tales From Sri Lankan Cricket Michael Roberts 11. Batting for the Flag: Cricket, Television and Globalization in India Nalin Mehta 12. Different Hats, Different Thinking? Technocracy, Globalization and the Indian Cricket Team Stephen Wagg and Sharda Ugra 13. Malign or Benign? English National Identities and Cricket Dominic Malcolm 14. ‘Look, it’s a Girl’: Cricket and Gender Relations in the UK Philippa Velija and Dominic Malcolm 15. International Cricket – The Hegemony of Commerce, the Decline of Government Interest and the End of Morality? Russell Holden 16. A Legacy Deeply Mired in Contradiction: World Cup 2007 in Retrospect Boria Majumdar 17. Burning Down the House Rob Steen 18. A Strong Sport Growing Stronger: A Perspective on the Growth, Development and Future of International Cricket Ehsan Mani 19. ‘Bombay Sport Exchange’: Cricket, Globalization and the Future Nalin Mehta, Jon Gemmell and Dominic Malcolm

According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, outdoor soccer was the second most popular organized sport for Australian children after swimming. It far outstripped the popularity of the three other football codes that are played in Australia – rugby league, rugby union and Australian Rules football.

Yet the soccer participation phenomenon in Australia is matched neither by the media coverage of the game in these countries, nor by the academic interest in the game. With a few notable exceptions in academic sports history, the game of soccer remains understudied in comparison with the other football codes. And, apart from some interest that is generated by World Cup campaigns, the media coverage of soccer is largely marginalized, and becomes most emphasized when reporting on aspects of ‘hooligan’ crowd behaviour.

This book investigates some of the ways that soccer has been maintained as marginal to Australian identity, and why the sport remains vitally important to some marginalized groups within these communities.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. The Beautiful Game in Howard’s ‘Brutopia’: Football, Ethnicity and Citizenship in Australia Chris Hallinan and John Hughson 2. Getting a Ticket to the World Party: Televising Soccer in Australia David Rowe and Callum Gilmour 3. Soccer and the Politics of Identity for Young Muslim Refugee Women in South Australia Catherine Palmer 4. Football Barriers – Aboriginal UnderRepresentation and Disconnection From the ‘World Game’ John Maynard 5. ‘Holding Their Own’: Australian Football, British Culture and Globalization Stephen Wagg and Tim Crabbe 6. Sheilas, Wogs and Metrosexuals: Masculinity, Ethnicity and Australian Soccer Jessica Carniel 7. Soccer in the West: The World Game in Australia’s Western Periphery Philip Moore 8. You Have the Right to Remain Violent: Power and Resistance in the Club Bily Bosevski and Chris Hallinan 9. Fan Perspectives of Change in the A-League Daniel Lock 10. ‘Fencing Them In’: The A-League, Policing and the Dilemma of Public Order Ian Warren and Roy Hay

Tony Ward, Writer and Researcher, Melborne, Australia

For many Australians, there are two great passions: sport and ‘taking the piss’. This book is about national identity – and especially about Australia’s image as a sporting country.

Whether reverent or not, any successful national image has to reflect something about the reality of the country. But it is also influenced by the reasons that people have for encouraging particular images – and by the conflicts between differing views of national identity, and of sport.

Buffeted by these elements, both the extent of Australian sports madness and the level of stirring have varied considerably over time. While many refer to long-lasting factors, such as the amount of sunshine, this book argues that the ebb and flow of sporting images are strongly linked to current views of national identity. Starting from Archer’s win in the first Melbourne Cup in 1861, it traces the importance of trade unions in the formation of Australian Rules, the success of a small rural town in holding one of the world’s foremost running races, and the win-from-behind of a fat arsed wombat knocking off the official mascots of Sydney 2000.

This book was based on a special issue of Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Measuring Sports Madness 3. Sport and National Identity 4. ‘The Heart of What it Means to be Australian’ 5. The Roar of the Crowd 6. Lifeblood of the Community 7. Start of This ‘Sporting People’ 8. Early Sports 1860–1900 9. Visions of Australian Sport in 1900 10. Sports Images in a Time of Turmoil 1910–40 11. Heyday of the Amateur?: 1950s 12. Changing Times 1960–75 13. Marketing Sports Nationalism 1975–85 14. Take the Money and Run 1985–2007 15. Conclusion February 2010: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-56520-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57555-3: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575553

March 2010: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57562-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575621

March 2010: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-44329-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443296

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

sport an d s oc i e t y

The Politics of Sport in South Asia

American Sports

Edited by Subhas Ranjan Chakraborty, Presidency College, Kolkata, Shantanu Chakrabarti and Kingshuk Chatterjee, both at University of Calcutta, India

Edited by Alan Klein

Series: Sport in the Global Society

An Anthropological Approach Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-44830-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57223-1: £24.50

Behind the spectacle of entertainment, sport is a subject with political issues at every level. These issues range from the social, with divisions created along gender and class lines, to the use of sport to pursue diplomatic and statecraft goals. In addition, some sports are positioned and promoted as national events both in public opinion and in the media.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572231

This book seeks to explore some aspects of the notion of power in sport in south Asia and among south Asians abroad. The first two chapters deal with the internal societal dimensions of the politics of sport; the next three relate to the politics inside the sporting world in the subcontinent and its bridge with the broader arena of the society through the media, while the last five relate to the use of sports in statecraft, consensus building and international politics.

Edited by Paul Darby and David Hassan, both at Ulster University, UK

This book was based on two special issues of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Fields of Power Subhas Ranjan Chakraborty, Shantanu Chakraborti and Kingshuk Chatterjee 2. Physical Education, Sport and the Intersection and Articulation of ‘Modernities’: The Hanuman Vyayam Prasarak Mandal Joseph S. Alter 3. The Hindu Ascetic as Fitness Instructor: Reviving Faith in Yoga Chandrima Chakraborty 4. The Centrality of Cricket in Indo-Australian Relations: India, Australia and the ’Cricket Imaginary’ Brian Stoddart 5. Feel Good, Goodwill and India’s Friendship Tour of Pakistan, 2004: Cricket, Politics and Diplomacy in Twenty-First-Century India Kausik Bandyopadhyay 6. The Golden Years of Indian Hockey: ’We Climb the Victory Stand’ Boria Majumdar 7. ’The Wood Magic’: Cricket in India – A Postcolonial Benediction Somshankar Ray 8. The Culture and Politics of Local Sporting Heroes in Late Colonial Bengal and Princely Orissa: The Case of Santimoy Pati Projit B. Mukharji 9. Fair’s Unfair: Simulations of Consumption and Career in Indian Advertising Anisha Datta 10. The Great Indian Willow Trick: Cricket, Nationalism and India’s TV News Revolution, 1998 – 2005 Nalin Mehta 11. Reading Cricket Fiction in the Times of Hindu Nationalism and Farmer Suicides: Fallacies of Textual Interpretation Nissim Mannathukkaren 12. Virtually There: Cricket, Community, and Commerce on the Internet Sanjay Joshi

Emigrant Players Sport and the Irish Diaspora

Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-46491-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464918

Football and Community in the Global Context Studies in Theory and Practice Edited by Adam Brown, Substance, UK, Tim Crabbe, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Gavin Mellor, Substance, UK

Edited by Steven J. Jackson and Steven Haigh, both at University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-44743-0: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447430

Sport in Films Edited by Emma Poulton and Martin Roderick, both at University of Durham, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society This scholarly contribution to the study of sport in films is one of the first of its kind to examine how sport has been used in movies and documentaries as a metaphor for other areas of social life, including insights into the representation of social identities, politics, consumerism and violence.

2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44750-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57221-7: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572217

Sporting Cultures

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Hispanic Perspectives on Sport, Text and the Body

2008: 246 x 174: 158pp Hb: 978-0-415-44816-1: £80.00

Edited by David Wood and P. Louise Johnson, both at University of Sheffield, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415448161

Football Fans Around the World

Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45762-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57460-0: £22.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574600

From Supporters to Fanatics Edited by Sean Brown, Northeastern University, Boston, USA

2009: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37168-1: £80.00

Series: Sport in the Global Society

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415371681

2008: 246 x 174: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-39505-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49564-6: £23.50

The Rise of Stadiums in the Modern United States

Sport and Foreign Policy in a Globalizing World

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495646

Cathedrals of Sport

Gender, Sport, Science Selected Writings of Roberta J. Park Edited by J.A. Mangan, formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Patricia Vertinsky, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46513-7: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465137

Edited by Mark Dyreson, and Robert Trumpbour, both at Pennsylvania State University, Altoona, USA

America’s Game(s)

Series: Sport in the Global Society

A Critical Anthropology of Sport

This book offers original interpretations of the ‘built environments’ that shape sport in U.S. society. The volume details the complex political, economic, social, and cultural issues that shaped the construction of the nation’s most iconic modern buildings: the new American secular cathedrals.

2009: 246 x 174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-49998-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499989

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Edited by Benjamin Eastman, Sean Brown and Michael Ralph Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-39072-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49457-1: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494571

51

52

spo rt and socie ty

History of Sport

Cricket, Race and the 2007 World Cup

Sport, Civil Liberties and Human Rights

Edited by Boria Majumdar and Jon Gemmell

Edited by Richard Giulianotti and David McArdle

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Series: Sport in the Global Society

2007: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37164-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49458-8: £23.50

2005: 216 x 138: 232pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5344-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46419-2: £24.50

Routledge Companion to Sports History

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494588

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464192

Edited by S.W. Pope, West Virginia University, USA and John Nauright, George Mason University, USA

Fringe Nations in World Soccer

Sport, Nationalism and Orientalism

Edited by Kausik Bandyopadhyay and Sabyasachi Mallick Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-37822-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49487-8: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494878

Sport and American Society Exceptionalism, Insularity, ‘Imperialism’ Edited by Mark Dyreson and J.A. Mangan Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39964-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49493-9: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494939

Modern Sport – The Global Obsession Edited by Boria Majumdar and Fan Hong Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39054-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56851-7: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568517

Sport in South Asian Society Past and Present Edited by Boria Majumdar and J.A. Mangan Series: Sport in the Global Society 2005: 234 x 156: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-35953-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56827-2: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568272

The Asian Games Edited by Fan Hong Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40017-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56850-0: £24.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568500

The Global Politics of Sport The Role of Global Institutions in Sport Edited by Lincoln Allison Series: Sport in the Global Society 2005: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34601-6: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346016

Series: Routledge International Handbooks

The field of sports history is no longer a fledgling area of study.

There is a great vitality in the field and it has matured dramatically over the past decade. Reflecting changes to traditional approaches, sport historians need now to engage with contemporary debates about history, to be encouraged to position themselves and their methodologies in relation to current epistemological issues, and to promote the importance of reflecting on the literary or poetic dimensions of producing history. These contemporary developments, along with a wealth of international research from a range of theoretical perspectives, provide the backdrop to the new Routledge Companion to Sports History.

This book provides a comprehensive guide to the international field of sports history as it has developed as an academic area of study. Readers are guided through the development of the field across a range of thematic and geographical contexts and are introduced to the latest cutting edge approaches within the field. Including contributions from many of the world’s leading sports historians, the Routledge Companion to Sports History is the most important single volume for researchers and students in, and entering, the sports history field. It is an essential guide to contemporary research themes, to new ways of doing sports history, and to the theoretical and methodological foundations of this most fascinating of subjects.

Selected Contents: 1. Theory in Sports History 2. Practicing Sorcery: Revisiting the Sports Historians Craft 3. Sport Historians, the City and the New Social History 4. ’Borderlands, Frontiers, and the Writing of Sport History: Confronting the ‘Metropolitan Fallacy’’ 5. Marxist Approaches 6. Sports History and Sociology of Sport 7. Origins: Sport in the Ancient Western World 8. Gender 9. Race 10. Body Cultures 11. Science and Technology 12. Entrepreneurship and Sport History 13. Religion 14. Politics 15. International Relations 16. Imperialism 17. Nationalism 18. Postcolonialism 19. Globalization 20. Action Sports 21. Africa (Sub-Saharan) 22. Australia 23. Canada 24. The Caribbean 25. China 26. Central and Eastern Europe 27. England and Wales 28. France 29. Germany 30. The Indian Subcontinent 31. Ireland 32. Japan 33. The Low Countries (Belgium, Netherlands, Luxembourg) 34. The Middle East 35. Mexico and Central America 36. New Zealand (Aotearoa) 37. Nordic Countries 38. Russia/Soviet Union 39. South America 40. South East Asia 41. The United States of America 2009: 246 x 174: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-77339-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88541-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773393

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

H i s tory of sp o rt

2nd Edition

A Social History of English Rugby Union

Moving the Goalposts

Tony Collins, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

The Story of Sport in England

Neil Wigglesworth

Forthcoming

A History of Sport and Society in Britain Since 1945 Martin Polley, University of Southampton, UK

Sport enjoys huge popularity throughout the world and is of considerable social importance.

Moving the Goalposts provides a comprehensive survey of sport in Britain since 1945 and examines its place in British culture. Addressing the subject thematically, Martin Polley argues that sport is not neutral, asocial or apolitical and so it needs to be assessed in its widest cultural context to be

understood.

In this new edition Polley expands the range of sports covered. As well as the more traditional sports such as football, rugby, cricket, tennis, he also introduces participation sports, such as cycling and swimming; spectator sports, such as motor racing and greyhound racing; and newer sports, such as skateboarding, extreme sports, and aerobics. In addition to a completely new chapter on sport and the media, themes covered include: • celebrity culture • recreational and performance enhancing drug use • deviance and crime • disability sport • regional differences and multiple identities • fashion • commerce • sport as a post-industrial industry.

Including a new chronology and an updated introduction and conclusion, this is the perfect companion for any student of sports history.

Selected Contents: Abbreviations. Introduction 1. Sport, Politics, and the State 2. Sport, the Nation, and the World 3. Sport, Commerce, and Sponsorship 4. Sport and Gender 5. Sport, Social Class, and Professional Status 6. Sport and Ethnicity 7. Sport and the Media. Conclusion November 2010: 216 x 138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43315-0: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433150

From the myth of William Webb Ellis to the glory of the 2003 World Cup win, this book explores the social history of rugby union in England.

Ever since Tom Brown’s Schooldays the sport has seen itself as the guardian of traditional English middle-class values. In this fascinating new history, leading rugby historian Tony Collins demonstrates how these values have shaped the English game, from the public schools to mass spectator sport, from strict amateurism to global professionalism.

Based on unprecedented access to the official archives of the Rugby Football Union, and drawing on an impressive array of sources from club minutes to personal memoirs and contemporary literature, the book explores in vivid detail the key events, personalities and players that have made English rugby.

From an era of rapid growth at the end of the nineteenth century, through the terrible losses suffered during the First World War and the subsequent ‘rush to rugby’ in the public and grammar schools, and into the periods of disorientation and commercialisation in the 1960s through to the present day, the story of English rugby union is also the story of the making of modern England.

Like all the very best writers on sport, Tony Collins uses sport as a prism through which to better understand both culture and society. A ground-breaking work of both social history and sport history, A Social History of English Rugby Union tells a fascinating story of sporting endeavour, masculine identity, imperial ideology, social consciousness and the nature of Englishness.

Selected Contents: 1. Tom Brown’s Game 2. The Amateur Game 3. A Man’s Game 4. The War Game 5. The Middle-Class Game 6. The Imperial Game 7. A Player’s Game 8. A Divided Game 9. A Reborn Game? Epilogue 2009: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-47660-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88544-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476607

The Field Truth and Fiction in Sport History Douglas Booth 2005: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-28227-7: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28228-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09997-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415282284

East Plays West Sport and the Cold War Edited by Stephen Wagg and David Andrews 2006: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-35926-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35927-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00711-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415359276

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Textbook

Series: Student Sport Studies A fascinating history of the English experience of sport, from its earliest beginnings in social play and pastimes, via its adoption as an alternative to the clockwork routine of urban life, to its consumption as the product of a global business.

2007: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-35381-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37264-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34742-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415372640

Sport Histories Figurational Studies in the Development of Modern Sports Edited by Eric Dunning, Dominic Malcolm and Ivan Waddington 2004: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-28665-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39794-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49743-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415397940

Sport and the English, 1918–1939 Between the Wars Mike Huggins and Jack Williams 2005: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-33184-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33185-2: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-39802-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415331845

Rugby League in Twentieth Century Britain A Social and Cultural History Tony Collins 2006: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39614-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39615-8: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08835-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396158

53

Histo ry o f sport

54

New

New

Australia’s Asian Sporting Context, 1920s–30s

Sport Past and Present in South Forty Years of Sport and Social Africa Change, 1968–2008

Edited by Sean Brawley, University of New South Wales, Australia and Nick Guoth, Australian National University, Australia

(Trans)forming the Nation

’To Remember is to Resist’

Edited by Scarlett Cornelissen and Albert Grundlingh, both at University of Stellenbosch, South Africa

Edited by Russell Field and Bruce Kidd, both at University of Toronto, Canada

This book examines Australia’s sporting relationships with the Asian region during the interwar period.

It examines sporting relations between Australia and seven Asian countries (China, Japan, India, Netherlands East Indies, Philippines, Malaya and Singapore) and a range of sports including rugby, football, swimming, hockey, boxing, cricket and tennis. The significance of the collection is drawn together in a concluding chapter by prominent historian David Walker.

This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Australia’s Asian Sporting Context 1. Japan 2. China 3. Netherlands East Indies 4. India 5. Singapore and Malaya 6. Philippines. Conclusion October 2010: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56049-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560498

New

Sport in the Pacific Colonial and Postcolonial Consequencies Edited by C. Richard King, Washington State University, USA Series: Sport in the Global Society - Historical Perspectives Sport in the Pacific is a comparative consideration of the modern movement of Pacific peoples and their physical pursuits across national and cultural boundaries. It covers Australia, Japan and the United States. Its contributors ensure a deeper understanding of the indigenous peoples of the Pacific – particularly their social identities and cultural responses in the wake of the arrival of modern sport. Sport in the Pacific comprises eight original contributions which analyze Polynesian and Abogirnal athletes and athletics in colonial and post-colonial contexts. Their analysis stresses the importance of adaptation and appropriation, reinvention and revivialism, as well as diaspora and globalization. The volume has three overlapping themes: change and continuity, cultural and transcultural power, and the complexity of race, gender, and national identity. Sport in the Pacific, in short, compares the significance of modern sport in a largely ignored setting: the indigenous societies of the Pacific. This book was previously published as a special issue of The International Journal of the History of Sport.

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Historical Perspectives This book provides an interpretation of sport in contemporary South Africa through an historical account of the contours of the evolution of sport – and their wider social ramifications – in the twentieth century. It comprises chapters which trace the growth of sports such as football, cricket and rugby and their relationship to aspects of racial identity, masculinity, femininity, political and social development in the country.

New

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This volume came out of a three-day conference on sports, human rights and social change hosted by the University of Toronto forty years after Mexico and eighty days before the Beijing Opening Ceremony.

The contributions to this book capture the memories of activists who were ’on the ground’ using sport as a site for the struggle for human rights and provide scholarly examinations of past and current human rights movements in sport.

This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

This book was previously published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: Sport Historiography in South Africa – An Appraisal Albert Grundlingh, André Odendaal and Scarlett Cornelissen 2. Apartheid Sport: A Post-Modern Discourse Douglas Booth 3. Symbolic Realms: Revisiting the Role of Race, Apartheid and Power in African Olympism, 1960–1992 Scarlett Cornelissen 4. Masculinity and Sport in South Africa Glen Thompson 5. Football, Race and Identity in South Africa Peter Alegi 6. The Neglected Game: Women and Football in South Africa Martha Saavedra 7. Rugby, Race and Nation John Nauright 8. ‘Between the Springbok and Ikhamanga: The Story of South Africa’s Black Rugby Exiles’ Hendrik Snyders 9. Cricket and Race in South Africa Ashwin Desai 10. The Dissemination of Cricket Among Afrikaners Albert Grundlingh 11. Neither ‘Cricketers nor Ladies’: Towards a History of Women and Cricket in South Africa, 1860–2005 André Odendaal 12. ‘Marvellous Muscles’: Black Boxing on the Reef and a History of Ezekiel ‘King Kong’ Dlamini Tyler Fleming 13. Global Tentacles: FIFA, Football and Diplomacy: the Battlegrounds of Power Paul Darby 14. Epilogue: Sport, Politics, Culture and Society in South Africa – Past, Present and Future Scarlett Cornelissen and Albert Grundlingh

Selected Contents: Section 1: Remembering 1. In the Square: A First-Hand Account of Student Protests in Mexico City in 1968 Raul Alvarez Garin 2. Ahead of the Game, or Behind the Eight Ball? An Irreverent View of 50 Years of Women, Sport and Society Abby Hoffman 3. Race, Class and Gender in the Canadian Sport System in the 1960s Valerie Jerome 4. The Academic Line of Fire: A ScholarActivist’s Role in the Anti-Apartheid Movement Richard Lapchick 5. The Robben Island Experience Anthony Suze Section 2: Theory & Action 6. Turmoil and Change in Sport at the Onset of the 21st Century Harry Edwards 7. The Sociology of Sport Confronts the Challenges of Activism Peter Donnelly Section 3: Resisting 8. ‘In Good Conscience’: Andy Flower, Henry Olonga, and the Death of Democracy in Zimbabwe Callie Batts 9. Anti-Apartheid Boycotts and the Affective Economies of Struggle: the Case of Aotearoa/New Zealand Malcolm Maclean 10. Between Small Everyday Practice and Big Symbolic Acts Dino Numerato 11. A Forgotten Boycott: Civil Rights on the Gridiron, the 1965 American Football League All-Star Game Maureen Smith Section 4: Continuing the Struggle 12. A Critical Analysis of International Development Through Sport David Black 13. When Sport Really Mattered: The 2008 Olympic Torch Relay in Delhi Boria Majumdar 14. Towards 2010: The Opening Ceremony, VANOC, and Indigenous Cultural Appropriation Christine O’Bonsawin 15. Pity and pedestals: Expert Discourses About Athletes with Disabilities Danielle Peers

September 2010: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55235-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552356

September 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48854-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488549

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: Exchange, Diaspora, and Globalization 2. A History of Whiteness and the New Zealand All Blacks: The Visualisation of Race in New Zealand Sport and Culture 3. Tana Umaga and the Evolving Face of New Zealand Rugby: Identity, Exclusion and Belonging in Post-Colonial Aotearoa 4. Aboriginal Footballers-Changing Assumptions: From Ignorance to Enlightment 5. Transnational Understanding of Australian Aboriginal Sporting Migration: A Sporting Walkabout 6. Pacific Islanders in Professional Sport: Opportunity, Excellence, and Inequality 7. Polynesian Masculinity in American Football: Imperial Power and Indigenous Contestation 8. Surfing in Early Twentieth Century Hawai’i: The Appropriation of a Transcendent Experience by American Spor 9. Sumo Wrestling, Polynesian Performers: Warriors Abroad, Heroes at Home 10. Epilogue: Colonial Legacies, Postcolonial Predicaments October 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48869-3: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488693

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

H i s tory of sp o rt

New

New

Gymnastics, a Transatlantic Movement

Representing the Nation

Militarism, Hunting, Imperialism ’Blooding’ The Martial Male

From Europe to America

Sport and Spectacle in Post-revolutionary Mexico

Gertrud Pfister, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Claire Brewster and Keith Brewster, both at Newcastle University, UK

This book explores, analyzes, and explains divergent ideologies and practices of gymnastics in selected European nations. It reconstructs the ex- and import processes from Europe to America and determines the processes, inter-relationships and transformations of these “transatlantic movements” in their new home country. The book offers a more complete understanding of the role of gymnastics and expressive movements in cultural and ideological transmission over time and identifies the impact of these concepts on American physical education, sports systems and sports cultures.

Series: Sport in the Global Society - Historical Perspectives

Militarism, Hunting, Imperialism examines

Mexico City’s staging of the 1968 Olympic Games should have been a pinnacle in Mexico’s postrevolutionary development: a moment when a nation at ease with itself played proud host to a global celebration of youthful vigour. Representing the Nation argues, however, that from the moment that the city won the bid, the Mexican elite displayed an innate lack of trust in their countrymen. Beautification of the capital city went beyond that expected of a host.

• ‘blooding’ the middle class martial male

The main focus of the book lies in the two decades before and after World War I. This concentration on a specific historical epoch allows us to identify parallel, and different developments of the various forms of gymnastics and of the transfer and implementation processes.

This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

The volume covers the transfer and impact of German Turnen, Czech Sokol and the Delsarte system in North America. In addition, it traces the influences of French gymnastics in South America and describes the tours of the world-renowned Danish gymnastic reformer Nils Bukh in both Americas. It focuses on the “import” of gymnastics, but also on the adaption processes of these different concepts and their integration into the American culture.

This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: Gymnastics – Divergent European Principles and Practices and American Transformative Reactions and Responses Gertrud Pfister 2. The Role of German Turners in American Physical Education Gertrud Pfister 3. The German Turners and the Taming of Radicalism in Chicago Gerald Gems 4. From Jahn to Lincoln: Transformation of Turner Symbols in a New Cultural Setting Annette Hofmann 5. Our Brothers Across the Ocean: The Czech Sokol in America to 1914 Claire E. Nolte 6. French Gymnastics in Brazil: Dissemination, Diffusion and Relocalization Thierry Terret and Leomar Tesche 7. Globalization Before Globalization: Niels Bukh and the American Connection Hans Bonde 8. American Delsartism: Precursor of an American Dance Art Nancy Lee Chalfa Ruyter 9. Transatlantic Traffic in Expressive Movement: From Delsarte and Dalcroze to Margaret H’Doubler and Rudolf Laban Patricia Vertinsky 10. Body Regimes: Swedish Gymnastics in the United States Jan Lindroth 11. Epilogue: Gymnastics from Europe to America Gertrud Pfister October 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58703-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587037

J.A. Mangan, formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Callum McKenzie Series: Sport in the Global Society • martial imperialism: the self-sacrificial subaltern • the imperial officer, hunting and war • martial masculinity proclaimed and consolidated • martial masculinity adapted and adjusted.

This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: The Genre of Sport as a Means to an End 2. Sport and Society in Post-revolutionary Mexico 3. The Rank Outsider: Mexico City’s Bid for the 1968 Olympic Games 4. Pride and Prejudice: Foreign Perceptions of Mexico as an Olympic Host 5. Cleaning the Cage: Mexico City’s Preparations for the Olympic Games 6. The Mexican Student Movement of 1968: An Olympic Perspective 7. Mexico City’s Hosting of the 1968 Olympic Games 8. Epilogue: The Legacy of the Mexico City Olympics

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Another Publication of Significance Roberta J. Park 2. Prologue: Statement 3. ‘Duty unto Death’ – The Sacrificial Warrior: English Middle Class Masculinity and Militarism in the Age of the New Imperialism 4. Privileged Education, Hunting and the Making of Martial Masculinity 5. Martial Conditioning, Military Exemplars and Moral Certainties: Imperial Hunting as Preparation for War 6. Martial and Moral Complexities: Changing Certainties in Changing Imperial Landscapes 7. Publicist and Proselytizer: The Officer-Hunter as Scientist and Naturalist 8. Imperial Masculinity Institutionalized: The Shikar Club 9. Martial Masculinity in Transition: The Imperial Officer-Hunter and the Rise of a Conservation Ethic 10. Epilogue: Recapitulation

May 2010: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47415-3: £80.00

2009: 246 x 174: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-42955-9: £80.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474153

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429559

New

Soccer’s Missing Men

Sport as History

Schoolteachers and the Spread of Association Football

Essays in Honour of Wray Vamplew Edited by Tony Collins, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK Published to mark the career of one of sports history’s pioneers, this book traces the evolution of sport across three continents. It brings together some of sports history’s leading scholars to investigate not only the history of sport but also how that history is written.

This book was published as a special issue of Sport in History.

Selected Contents: 1. ‘An Excellent Means of Combining Fresh Air, Exercise and Society’ Females on the Fairways, 1890–1914 2. Still Going After All These Years: Text, Truth and the Racing Calendar 3. The Proto-globalisation of Horseracing 1730–1900: Anglo-American Interconnections 4. What Went Wrong with Counting? Thinking about Sport and Class in Britain and Ireland 5. Australian Sport History: From the Founding Years to Today 6. The Tyranny of Deference: Anglo-Australian Relations and Rugby Union before World War Two 7. Boxers United: Trade Unionism in British Boxing in the 1930s 8. Deeply Honoured: The Rise and Significance of the British Sporting Award, 1945–c.1970 9. ‘In a Yorkshire Like Way’: Cricket and the Construction of Regional Identity in Nineteenth Century Yorkshire 10. ‘Egg and Chips with the Connellys’: Remembering 1966 11. Wray Vamplew: A Bibliography 1969–2008 May 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57500-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575003

J.A. Mangan, formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Colm Hickey, Headteacher, St. Thomas More RC School, London, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society Now unknown or forgotten, influential schoolmasters took the game of association football to many parts of England. They had several roles: they brought the game to individual schools, they established regional and national leagues and associations, and they founded professional football clubs. They also exported the game around the world, working as moral missionaries, passionate players and energetic entrepreneurs. The role of teachers in association football is a much neglected aspect of English cultural history. It is a story that deserves to be told because it allows a fundamental reappraisal of the status and position of these teachers in late nineteenth century and early twentieth century society.

This volume was previously published as a special issue of the journal Soccer and Society.

Selected Contents: 1. Preface Mike Huggins 2. Foreword: Recovering Soccer’s Missing Men: Re-examining Soccer’s Moral Messages and Educational Alms Gerry P.T. Finn 3. Prologue: Elementary Schoolmasters – Reappearance 4.

Early Inspiration: Athleticism and Colleges 5. Early Action: Founding and Furthering Clubs 6. Pioneers and their Influence: Playing the Game 7. An Exceptional Pioneer: Be Strong for Christ 8. Pioneering Further Afield: Beyond England 9. Keeping Control: Refereeing the Game 10. Keeping the Ball Rolling: Administering the Game 11. Epilogue: Elementary Schoolmasters – Disappearance 2009: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34834-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415348348

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

55

56

Histo ry o f sport

Sport in the Cultures of the Ancient World New Perspectives Edited by Zinon Papakonstantinou, University of Washington, USA When did the ancient Olympics begin? How is sport depicted in the work of the fifth-century historian Herodotus? What was the association between sport and war in fifth- and fourth-century BC Athens? What were the social and political implications of the practice of Greek-style sport in third-century BC Ptolemaic Egypt?

How were Roman gladiatorial shows perceived and transformed in the Greek-speaking east? And what were the conditions of sport participation by boys and girls in ancient Rome? These are some of the questions that this book, written by an international cast of distinguished scholars on ancient sport, attempts to answer. Covering a wide chronological and geographical scope (ancient Mediterranean from the early first millennium BC to fourth century AD), individual articles re-examine old and new evidence, and offer stimulating, original interpretations of key aspects of ancient sport in its political, military, cultural, social, ceremonial and ideological setting.

This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: Sport in the Cultures of the Ancient World Zinon Papakonstantinou 2. Contesting Ancient Mediterranean Sport Thomas Scanlon 3. Whence 776? The Origin of the Date for the First Olympiad Paul Christesen 4. Pan-Hellenism and Particularism: Herodotus on Sport, Greekness, Piety, and War Donald Kyle 5. Sport, War and Democracy in Classical Athens David Pritchard 6. Challenged by Egyptians: Greek Sports in the Third Century BC Sofie Remijsen 7. Gladiators in the Greek East: A Case Study in Romanization Christian Mann 8. Gladiators and Monomachoi: Greek Attitudes to a Roman ’Cultural Performance’ Michael Carter 9. The Greek Ephebate in the Roman Period Nigel Kennell 10. Observations on Boys, Girls, Youths and Age Categories in Roman Sports and Spectacles Nigel Crowther 11. Epilogue: Some Perspectives on Ancient Sport Zinon Papakonstantinou 2009: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-49715-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497152

The Balkan Games and Balkan Politics in the Interwar Years 1929–1939

Media and the Creation of Babe Ruth

Politicians in Pursuit of Peace

Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture

Penelope Kissoudi, University of Thessaloniki, Greece Series: Sport in the Global Society The Balkan Games resulted on the one hand from the growth of modern European sport and the unsatisfactory performances of the Balkan athletes at national and international level, and on the other hand, from a desire to bring the Balkan peoples together in peace and concord. The Games were initiated in Athens in 1929 and increasingly became an integral part of the political, cultural and social life of the area. The common global reality is that when an athletic event is staged, attempted friendship seldom receives priority. In the 1930s, however, the Balkan Games provided a rare example of an international athletic event bringing antagonistic states together in friendship. This consideration of the significance of the Balkan Games as an instrument of political optimism provides clear evidence of the occasional positive influence of sport in politics. The work is a case-study of interest to political and social scientists and to historians of Europe and sport.

This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue: Argument – The Balkan Games and Political Purpose 2. Sport, Politics and International Relations in the Twentieth Century: The Positive and Negative Roles of Sport in Trans-National Relations 3. Balkan Politics: Relations Between the Balkan States in the Interwar Years and the Role of the Great Powers in the Region 4. Sport in the Balkans Prior to the Early 1930’s 5. Sport, Politics and International Relations in the Balkans: the Balkan Games From 1929 to 1932 6. Sport, Politics and International Relations in the Balkans: The Balkan Games From 1933 to 1935 7. Sport, Politics and International Relations in the Balkans: the Balkan Games From 1936 to 1939 8. Epilogue: Recapitulation – The Balkan Games as an Instrument of Political Purpose 2009: 246 x 174 Hb: 978-0-415-48645-3: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486453

Patrick Adam Trimble, Penn State University, USA

Babe Ruth is among the most lasting of American icons.

A baseball player who emerged from the sports pages of the Jazz Age, he has become one of the dominant symbols of traditional cultural values, nationalism, and masculine identity. His is a media persona that has changed drastically over the years and is one that allows each new generation of people discovering him to take what they need from the stories of the Babe and reinvent them for their own uses. Patrick Adam Trimble carefully unpacks Ruth’s legacy, examining how mass communications, with the assistance of the political and economic systems that rely on that media, help to shape the evolution of Babe Ruth from his creation as a media icon in the 1920s to his continuing presence in the new millennium.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Babe Ruth and the Emergence of Twentieth Century America 3. ’The Rape of the Red Sox’ or How the Political Economy of Culture Instigated the Sale of Babe Ruth to the New York Yankees in 1920 4. ’The Rape of the Red Sox’-Part II: Or How the Mechanizations of Capital Turn a Young Man Into an Economic Commodity 5. Babe Ruth and the Christy Walsh Syndicate 6. The Intertextuality of Babe Ruth 7. Hegemony and the Transformation of the Babe Ruth Image 8. Babe Ruth in the Movies 9. Babe Ruth and the Modern Era: Summary and Conclusion. Notes. Bibliography. Index May 2009: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99407-1: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415994071

The Making of Sporting Cultures John E. Hughson, University of Central Lancashire, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society The Making of Sporting Cultures presents an analysis of western sport by examining how the collective passions and feelings of people have contributed to the making of sport as a ‘way of life’. The popularity of sport is so pronounced in some cases that we speak of certain sports as ‘national pastimes’. Baseball in the United States, soccer in Britain and cricket in the Caribbean are among the relevant examples discussed.

The book will appeal to students and academics within humanities disciplines such as cultural studies, history and sociology and to those in sport studies programmes interested in the historical, cultural and social aspects of sport.

This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society.

Selected Contents: 1. The Making of Sporting Cultures: Introduction 2. Cultural History and the Study of Sport 3.

The Ancient Sporting Legacy: Between Myth and Spectacle 4. Science, Culture and the Sporting Body 5. The Working Class and the Making of Sport 6. The Middle Class, Colonialism and the Making of Sport 7. On Sporting Heroes 8. The Modern City and the Making of Sport 9. Sport and History on the Ground: Documentary and the Feature Film 10. The ‘Global Triumph’ of Sport 2009: 246 x 174: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-46836-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468367

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

H i s tory of sp o rt

Cricket and National Identity in the Postcolonial Age

Sport, Culture and History

The Four-Minute Mile

Region, Nation and Globe

Following On

Brian Stoddart, La Trobe University, Australia

Historical and Cultural Interpretations of a Sporting Barrier

Edited by Stephen Wagg, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Edited by John Bale and David Howe

2008: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-42079-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49566-0: £23.50

2007: 234 x 156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-40015-2: £80.00

Ideal for students of sport, politics, history and postcolonialism, this important book features contributions from leading international writers, placing cricket in the postcolonial life of the major Test-playing countries.

2008: 234 x 156: 290pp Pb: 978-0-415-48489-3: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484893

Cricket in Colonial India 1780–1947 Boria Majumdar, La Trobe University, Australia Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40014-5: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415400145

Football: From England to the World Edited by Dolores Martinez, SOAS, University of London, UK and Projit B. Mukharji, Newcastle University, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society 2008: 246 x 174: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-48061-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480611

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495660

A Social History of Swimming in England, 1800–1918

Nations and Migration, the City and the Dream Edited by Nina Clara Tiesler, University of Lisbon, Portugal and Joao Nuno Coelho, Escola Superior Art’stica do Porto, Portugal Series: Sport in the Global Society In an exploration of these themes this collection provides insight into academic studies of football in Portugal, Germany, England, Spain, Brazil, Angola, Mozambique, China, Japan, South Korea, Russia and the USA. This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer in Society 2008: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45050-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450508

Body and Mind Sport in Europe from the Roman Empire to the Renaissance

Splashing in the Serpentine

John McClelland

Edited by Christopher Love

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-39076-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415390767

Amateurism in British Sport It Matters Not Who Won or Lost?

Edited by Dilwyn Porter and Stephen Wagg 2007: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-38044-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415380447

Muscular Christianity and the Colonial and Post-Colonial World Edited by John J. MacAloon Series: Sport in the Global Society

Globalised Football

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415400152

2007: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-39074-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49491-5: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494915

Native Americans and Sport in North America Other People’s Games Edited by C. King Series: Sport in the Global Society 2007: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36677-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49492-2: £23.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494922

2006: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5357-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48499-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484992

The Magic of Indian Cricket Cricket and Society in India Mihir Bose Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-35691-6: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415356916

The Football Manager A History Neil Carter Series: Sport in the Global Society 2006: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37538-2: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415375382

Leisure and Recreation in a Victorian Mining Community The Social Economy of Leisure in North-East England, 1820–1914 Alan Metcalfe Series: Sport in the Global Society 2005: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35697-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48491-6: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484916

Roger Bannister and the FourMinute Mile Sports Myth and Sports History John Bale 2004: 198 x 129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-34606-1: £100.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/978041534606

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

57

58

Histo ry o f sport

Sport in the Ancient World from A to Z

Philosophy and ethics of sports

Mark Golden

New

Series: Ancient World from A to Z

The Ethics of Sports

2003: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-24881-5: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415248815

A Reader Edited by Mike J. McNamee, Swansea University, UK

related journalS The International Journal of the History of Sport

This important new collection of articles showcases the very best international scholarship in the field of sports ethics, and offers a comprehensive, one-stop resource for any student, scholar or sportsperson with an interest in this important area. It addresses cutting-edge contemporary themes within sports ethics, such as gene doping, as well as introducing classic ethical debates that define our understanding of sport, sporting conduct and sport in practice. The Ethics of Sports is arranged into seven thematic sections, each of which includes an introduction by the editor that highlights the key themes and places each article in context, and offers suggestions for further reading.

For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ijhs

Sport in History For more information please: visit www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sih

There are few – if any – issues in, or aspects of, contemporary sport that do not raise ethical questions. From on-field relationships between athletes, coaches and officials, to the corporate responsibility of international sports organizations and businesses, ethical considerations permeate sport at every level.

This book sheds new light on a wide range of issues within contemporary sports studies including doping, disability, gender and ethnicity; the practice of physical education and sports coaching; sports media; sports business and sports medicine. It is essential reading for all students with an interest in sport or applied ethics.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Fair Play, Rules and Cheating – Part of the Game? Part 3: Doping and Genetic Enhancement: Between Sports and Biomedical Ethics Part 4: Cultures of Equality? Race and Gender in Sport Part 5: Elitism, Patriotism and Power: Politics in Sport Part 6: Do Sports Morally Educate? Moral Education, Rules and Virtues in Sport Part 7: Commercialism, Commodification and Corruption Part 8: Children and Young People in Sport Part 9: Reporting Sport: The Ethics of Sport Media Part 10: Ethics and Sports Related Research June 2010: 246 x 174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-47860-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47861-8: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478618

Sports, Virtues and Vices Morality Plays Mike McNamee, Swansea University, UK

This is the first book-length treatment of the ethics of sport from a virtue theoretical stance; drawing upon ancient Greek sources and culminating in a critical consideration of the promises and dangers of biomedical technology in elite sports. Written by one of the world’s foremost sports philosophers, it includes a wealth of contemporary sporting examples.

2008: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-19408-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-19409-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09010-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415194099

Order Yours Today!

For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/sport Or use the order form at the center of this catalogue.

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Ph i los op h y an d e th i cs of spo rts

Philosophical Perspectives on Gender in Sport and Physical Activity

Philosophy, Risk and Adventure Sports

Edited by Paul Davis, University of Edinburgh, UK and Charlene Weaving, St Francis Xavier University, Canada

This book is a collection of papers examining philosophical perspectives of adventure sports and related concepts of risk, danger, death, elation, authenticity and wilderness, written by well-known academics with personal experience of these fascinating sports.

There are a broad variety of sex and gender resonances in sport, from the clash of traditional ideas of femininity and athleticism represented by female athletes, to the culture of homophobia in mainstream male sport. Despite the many sociological and cultural volumes addressing these subjects, this collection is the first to focus on the philosophical writings that they have inspired. The editors have selected twelve of the most thought-provoking philosophical articles on these subjects from the past thirty years, to create a valuable and much needed resource.

Written by established experts from all over the world, the essays in this collection cover four major themes: • sport and the construction of the female • objectification and the sexualization of sport • homophobia • sex boundaries: obstruction, naturalization and opposition.

The book gathers a broad range of philosophical viewpoints on gender in sport into one unique source, subjecting the philosophical origins and characteristics of some of the most controversial topics in sport to rigorous scrutiny. With a balance of male and female contributors from both sides of the Atlantic, and a comprehensive introduction and postscript to contextualize the source material, Philosophical Perspectives on Gender in Sport and Physical Activity is essential reading for all students of the philosophy of sport, sport and gender, and feminist philosophy.

Edited by Mike J. McNamee

2007: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-35184-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35185-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-69857-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415351850

Philosophy and the Sciences of Exercise, Health and Sport Critical Perspectives on Research Methods Edited by Mike J. McNamee 2005: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-30016-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35340-3: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50600-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415353403

Sport and Spirituality An Introduction Jim Parry, Simon Robinson, Nick Watson and Mark Nesti 2007: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-40482-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40483-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93874-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404839

Selected Contents: Dedication. Preface.

Acknowledgements. Introduction. Part 1: Sport and the Construction of the Female 1. The Exclusion of Women From Sport: Conceptual and Existential Dimensions 2. Woman as Body: Ancient and Contemporary Views 3. The Philosophy of ‘Woman’ Versus the Ideal Athlete Part 2: Objectification 4. Sexualization and Sexuality in Sport 5: Mere and Partial Means: The Full Range of the Objectification of Women 6. Unraveling the Ideological Concept of The Female Athlete: A Connection between Sex and Sport Part 3: Sex Boundaries: Construction, Naturalisation, and Opposition 7. Men With Breasts 8. The Doping Ban: Compulsory Heterosexuality and Lesbophobia 9. What Would Happen if a ‘Woman’ Outpaced the Winner of the Gold Medal in the ‘Men’s’ One Hundred Meters? Female Sport, Drugs, and the Transgressive Cyborg Body Part 4: Homophobia 10. Focus on the ’Muscle Moll’ to the ’Butch’ Ballplayer: Mannishness, Lesbianism, and Homophobia in U.S. Women’s Sports 11. Outta My Endzone: Sport and the Territorial Anus 12. Openly Gay Athletes: Contesting Hegemonic Masculinity in a Homophobic Environment. Postscript 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47661-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47662-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88555-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476621

Ethics and Sport Series Mike MacNamee, Swansea University, UK and Jim Parry, University of Leeds, UK and Heather Reid, University of Nottingham, UK The Ethics and Sport Series was the first of its kind in the world and is the key source for scholars in the field. Its main aim has been to support and contribute to the development of the study of ethical issues in sport, and indeed to the continued development of Sports Ethics as a legitimate discipline in its own right.

New

Exercise and Eating Disorders An Ethical and Legal Analysis Simona Giordano, University of Manchester, UK Series: Ethics and Sport

Eating Disorders (EDs) have become a social epidemic in the developed world. This book addresses the close links between EDs and exercise, helping us to understand why people with EDs often exercise to excessive and potentially harmful levels. This is also the first book to examine this issue from an ethical and legal perspective, identifying the rights and responsibilities of people with EDs, heir families and the fitness professionals and clinicians that work with them.

The book offers an accessible account of EDs and closely examines the concept of addiction. Drawing on a wide range of medical, psychological, physiological, sociological and philosophical sources, the book examines the benefits and risks of exercise for the ED population, explores the links between EDs and other abuses of the body in the sports environment and addresses the issue of athletes with disordered eating behaviour. Importantly, the book also surveys current legislation and professional codes of conduct that guide the work of fitness professionals and clinicians in this area and presents a clear and thorough set of case histories and action points to help professionals better understand, and care for, their clients with EDs. Exercise and Eating Disorders is important reading for students of applied ethics, medical ethics and the ethics of sport, as well as for fitness professionals, psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, sports coaches and sport and exercise scientists looking to improve their understanding of this important issue.

Selected Contents: 1. Eating Disorders: Symptoms and Facts 2. The Effects of Abnormal Eating 3. Clinical Explanations of Eating Disorders 4. Eating Disorders, Exercise and Addiction 5. Media and Eating Disorders 6. Exercise and Eating Disorders 7. People with Eating Disorders in the Gym 8. Law and Professional Guidelines 9. Ethical Issues 10. Recommendations and Conclusions April 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47605-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47606-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88554-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476065

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

59

P hilo so phy an d ethics of spo rts

60

Ethics and Sport Series (continued)

Redeeming the Soul of Sport?

New

The Ethics of Sports Coaching Edited by Alun R Hardman and Carwyn Jones, both at University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK Series: Ethics and Sport

The Ethics of Doping and Anti-Doping

• Is the role of the sports coach simply to improve sporting performance?

• What are the key ethical issues in sports coaching practice?

Despite the increasing sophistication of our understanding of the player-sport-coach relationship, the dominant perspective of the sports coach is still an instrumental one, focused almost exclusively on performance, achievement and competitive success. In this ground-breaking new book, leading sport scholars challenge that view, arguing that the coaching process is an inherently moral one with an inescapably ethical dimension, involving intense relationships between players and coaches. The book critically examines this moral aspect, develops a powerful idea of what sports coaching ought to be, and argues strongly that coaches must be aware of the ethical implications of their acts.

Beginning by charting the historical development of sports coaching, the book is structured around three central themes: the practice of coaching, the character of the coach, and the coaching environment. It explores in detail many of the key ethical issues in contemporary sports coaching, including: • coaching special populations • the ethics of talent identification • understanding the limits of performance enhancement • violence in sports • expatriate coaching • setting professional standards in sports coaching.

Combining powerful theoretical positions with clear insights into the everyday realities of sports coaching practice, this is an agenda-setting book. It is essential reading for all students, researchers and practitioners with an interest in sports coaching or the ethics and philosophy of sport.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Coaching Ethics Section 1: Defining Coaching from an Ethical Perspective 2. The Normative Aims of Coaching 3. Coaching as a Profession Section 2: Becoming a Good Coach 4. Coaching and Professional Judgment 5. Coaching Objectivity and Subjectivity 6. Sports Coaching and Virtue Ethics Section 3: Coaching and Special Populations 7. Coaching Children 8. Practical Ethics and Coaching Adolescents 9. Male Coaches and Female Athletes 10. Coaching Ethics and Paralympic Sports Section 4: Contemporary Coaching Issues 11. Coaching and the Ethics of Talent Identification 12. Coaching and the Limits of Performance Enhancement 13. Coaching Dangerous and Violent Sports 14. Coaching and Nationalism: A Defense of Expatriate Coaching in Sport

Verner Møller, University of Aarhus, Denmark

With every positive drugs test the credibility and veracity of modern elite sport is diminished. In this radical and provocative critique of current anti-doping policy and practice, Verner Møller argues that the fight against doping – promoted as an initiative to cleanse sport of cheats – is at heart nothing less than a battle to save sport from itself, located on the fault-line between the will to purity and the will to win.

Drawing on extensive and detailed case studies of doping in sport, and using a highly original blend of conceptual ideas from philosophy and sociology, Møller strongly criticises current anti-doping regimes and challenges our commonly held ideas about the nature of sport and the risks posed by drugs to health and fair play. He argues forcefully that we must understand the precarious position of the athlete and that only by containing coaches, doctors and drug companies within the anti-doping regime can we hope to ever make progress on this most important issue.

Written in a lively and engaging style, and skilfully blending empirical case studies with cutting edge theory, this book represents an important statement on the nature of sport, morality and modernity. It is important reading for all serious students and scholars of the ethics, sociology and politics of sport.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. What is Doping?

2. What is Sport? 3. Unchristian Sport 4. Doping History: Fact or Fiction? 5. The Law of Silence 6. Good Intentions go to the Bad 7. The Fear of Modernity 8. Legislation of Doping 9. The Athletes’ Viewpoint 10. The Need for a Fresh Start. Appendix: Pro Tour Team’s Code of Ethics 2009: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48465-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48466-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87701-2

Ethics, Dis/Ability and Sports Edited by Ejgil Jespersen formerly Norwegian School of Sport Sciences, Norway, and Mike J. McNamee, Swansea University, UK

This volume addresses a range of philosophical and ethical issues in adapted physical activity and disability sports participation more broadly. It is comprised of a range of essays by international scholars whose backgrounds embrace different traditions of philosophy, pedagogy and adapted physical activity.

The principal aim of the book is to open up and critically explore a range of conceptual and ethical issues and perspectives that have arisen with respect to the engagement of persons with dis/abilities in a range of physical activity contexts including, but not exclusively located in, mainstream sporting activities.

This book was published as a special issue in Sport, Ethics and Philosophy.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Philosophy, Adapted Physical Activity and Dis/ability Ejgil Jespersen and Mike McNamee 2. Disability or Extraordinary Talent-Francesco Lentini (Three Legs) Versus Oscar Pistorius (No Legs) Ivo van Hilvoorde and Laurens Landeweerd 3. Should Oscar Pistorius be Excluded from the 2008 Olympic Games? S.D. Edwards 4. Tackling Murderball: Masculinity, Disability and the Big Screen Michael Gard and Hayley Fitzgerald 5. Imagining Being Disabled Through Playing Sport: The Body and Alterity as Limits to Imagining Others’ Lives Brett Smith 6. Ethical Considerations in Adapted Physical Activity Practices Yeshayahu Hutzler 7. Self-Regulated Dependency: Ethical Reflections on Interdependence and Help in Adapted Physical Activity Donna L. Goodwin 8. Conversion Gait DisorderMeeting Patients in Behaviour, Reuniting Body and Mind Anika A. Jordbru, Ejgil Jespersen and Egil Martinsen 9. Celebrating the Insecure Practitioner. A Critique of Evidence-based Practice in Adapted Physical Activity Øyvind F. Standal 10. The ‘I’ of the Beholder: Phenomenological Seeing in Disability Research Christina Papadimitriou 11. The Remarkable Logic of Autism: Developing and Describing an Embedded Curriculum Based in Semiotic Phenomenology Maureen Connolly 12. Ethical Aspects in Research in Adapted Physical Activity Anne-Mette Bredahl

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484664

2009: 246 x 174: 198pp Hb: 978-0-415-48797-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487979

Research Ethics in Exercise, Health and Sports Sciences Mike J. McNamee, Stephen Olivier and Paul Wainwright 2006: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-29881-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29882-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96685-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415298827

October 2010: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-55774-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55775-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86844-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557757

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Ph i los op h y an d e th i cs of spo rts

The Ethics of Sports Medicine

New

Edited by Claudio Tamburrini and Torbjörn Tännsjö, both at University of Stockholm, Sweden

Bodily Democracy

Ethics, Knowledge and Truth in Sports Research

Towards a Philosophy of Sport for All

An Epistemology of Sport

Henning Eichberg, University of Southern Denmark

Graham McFee, University of Brighton, UK

This book aims to establish a critical dialogue between sports ethicists and bioethicists across the range of sporting disciplines at elite level. It addresses questions such as: • Are the increasingly intrusive testing methods of elite sports compatible with the right to autonomy and privacy granted to patients in general medicine?

• Could there be a moral obligation to correct injustices produced by the genetic lottery?

• How should the goals of sports medicine be viewed from the perspective of rationing scarce health care resources?

This book was published as a special issue in Sport, Ethics and Philosophy.

Selected Contents: 1. Transcending Human Limitations Claudio M. Tamburrini and Torbjörn Tännsjö 2. Doctoring Risk: Responding to Risk-Taking in Athletes Lynley Anderson 3. Doping Under Medical Control – Conceptually Possible But Impossible in the World of Professional Sports? Soren Holm 4. Genetics, Bioethics and Sport Andy Miah 5. Respecting Privacy in Detecting Illegitimate Enhancements in Athletes Sarah Teetzel 6. Genetic Enhancement, Sports and Relational Autonomy Susan Sherwin 7. Whose Prometheus?

Transhumanism, Biotechnology and the Moral Topography of Sports Medicine Mike J. McNamee 8. ’Human-ness’, ’Dehumanisation’ and Performance Enhancement Leon Culbertson 9. Is Enhancement in Sport Really Unfair?

Arguments on the Concept of Competition and Equality of Opportunities Christian Lenk 10. What’s Wrong With Genetic Inequality? The Impact of Genetic Technology on Elite Sports and Society Claudio M. Tamburrini 11. Who’s Afraid of Stella Walsh? On Gender, ’Gene Cheaters’, and the Promises of Cyborg Athletes Kutte Jonsson 2009: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-48051-2: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480512

Sport has gained increasing importance for welfare society.

In this process, however, the term of ‘sport’ has become less and less clear. Larger parts of what nowadays is called ‘Sport for all’ are non-competitive and derived from traditions of gymnastics, dance, festivity, games, outdoor activities, and physical training rather than from classical modern elite sports. This requires new philosophical approaches, as the philosophy of sport, so far, has been dominated by topics of elite sports.

Based on Scandinavian experiences, the book presents studies about festivities of sport, outdoor activities, song and movement, and play and game. The engagement of elderly people challenges sports. Games get political significance in international cooperation, for peace culture and as means against poverty (in Africa). The empirical studies result in philosophical analyses on the recognition of folk practice in education and on relations between identity and recognition.

The study of ‘Sport for all’ opens up for new ways of phenomenological knowledge, moving bottom-up from sport to the philosophy of ’the individual’, of event, of nature, and of human energy. Popular sports give inspiration to a philosophy of practice as well as to a phenomenological understanding of ‘the people’, of civil society and the ‘demos’ of democracy – as folk in movement.

This book was published as a special issue in Sport, Ethics and Philosophy.

Selected Contents: 1. From Body-Culture to Philosophy: Thinking Bottom-Up – An Introduction Part 1: From Networks of Movement Culture to Conflicting Social Philosophies 2. Sport and Popular Movements: Towards a Philosophy of Moving People co-authored by Sigmund Loland 3. People’s Academies and Sport: Towards a Philosophy of Bodily Education 4. Sport and the Workplace: Between Corporation and Co-operation 5. Fitness on the Market: Forget ‘the Single Individual’! Part 2: From Popular Practice to the Phenomenology of Body Cultures 6. Outdoor Activities and Landscaping: Understanding Natures in the Plural 7. Sport as Festivity: Towards a Phenomenology of the Event 8. Song and Movement: Phenomenology of Human ‘Energy’ 9. Traditional Games as New Games: Towards an Educational Philosophy of Play co-authored by Kit Norgaard 10. Sport and Laughter: Phenomenology of the Imperfect Human Being 11. Pull and Tug: Towards a Philosophy of the Playing ‘You’ 12. Sports in the Llife Cycle: Diversity in and of Ageing Part 3: From International Practice to People-to-People Dimensions 13. Inter-Ethnic Football at the Balkans: Reconciliation and Diversity co-authored by Anders Levinsen 14. Sport Co-Operation Between Denmark-Tanzania: Development and Recognition Part 4: From Bodily Practice to Living Democracy 15. Body, Soma – And Nothing Else? Diversity of Body Semantics 16. Sport and Ethics: Between Public, Civil and Private Logics 17. Education Through Sport: Towards Recognition of Popular Practice co-authored by Ejgil Jespersen 18. Bodily Democracy: Towards a Philosophy of Sport for All February 2010: 246 x 174: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-55933-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559331

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

The study of sport is characterized by its interdisciplinarity, with researchers drawing on apparently incompatible research traditions and ethical benchmarks in the natural sciences and the social sciences, depending on their area of specialization. In this groundbreaking study, Graham McFee argues that sound high-level research into sport requires a sound rationale for one’s methodological choices, and that such a rationale requires an understanding of the connection between the practicalities of researching sport and the philosophical assumptions which underpin them.

By examining touchstone principles in research methodology, such as the contested ‘gold standard’ of voluntary informed consent in the natural sciences and the postmodern denial of ‘truth’ in the social sciences, McFee demonstrates that epistemology and ethics are inextricably linked. Drawing on a wide range of examples, from the laboratory to the sports field, McFee explores the concepts of ‘knowledge’ and ‘truth’ in sports research and makes a powerful case for a philosophical deepening of our approach to method and methodology in sport. This book is important reading for all advanced students and researchers working in sport, exercise and related disciplines.

Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: Overview 1. A Vision of the Epistemology and Ethics of Qualitative Research Into Sport Part 2: The Nature of Qualitative Research 2. Research Must Answer its Question: Research as Erotetic 3. The Idea of the ‘Qualitative’ is not so Helpful Part 3: The Place of Truth 4. Research Must Aim at Truth 5. Scientism is a Bad Model of Truth (and Natural Science) 6. Postmodernism and Truth-Denial as a Kind of Scientism 7. Truth-Denial is Not Just a Style of Writing Part 4: Ethics for Research 8. Voluntary Informed Consent is Not a Gold Standard 9. Covert Research into Sport can be Ethical 10. The Researcher is Not the Research Subject Part 5: Conclusion (and Appendix) 11. In Summary.

Appendix: Considerations of Exceptionlessness in Philosophy.

Bibliography 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49314-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87268-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493147

61

62

P hilo so phy an d ethics of spo rts

Ethics and Sport Series (continued)

Sport, Professionalism and Pain Ethnographies of Injury and Risk

Ethics, Money and Sport

David Howe

This Sporting Mammon

2003: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-24729-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24730-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-45326-1

Adrian Walsh and Richard Giulianotti

Research Methods for Sports Studies

2006: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-33338-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33339-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41300-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415247306

BESTSELLER 2nd Edition

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415333399

Fair Play in Sport

Research Methods for Sports Studies

Genetic Technology and Sport

Edited by Sigmund Loland

Ethical Questions

2001: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-419-26060-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-419-26070-7: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47904-9

Edited by Claudio Tamburrini and Torbjörn Tännsjö 2005: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34236-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34237-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48164-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415342377

A Moral Norm System

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419260707

Spoilsports Understanding and Preventing Sexual Exploitation in Sport

Pain and Injury in Sport

Celia Brackenridge

Social and Ethical Analysis

2001: 234 x 156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-419-25780-6: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-47893-6

Edited by Sigmund Loland, Berit Skirstad and Ivan Waddington 2005: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-35703-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35704-3: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00299-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357043

Human Rights in Youth Sport A Critical Review of Children’s Rights in Competitive Sport Paulo David 2004: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-30558-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30559-4: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-51103-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415305594

Genetically Modified Athletes Biomedical Ethics, Gene Doping and Sport Andy Miah 2004: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-29879-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29880-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64328-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415298803

Chris Gratton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Ian Jones, Bournemouth University, UK

This comprehensive, accessible and practical textbook provides a complete grounding in both qualitative and quantitative research methods for the sports studies student. It offers the reader a step-by-step guide to the research process, from designing a research project, to collecting and analyzing data, to reporting the research, and is richly illustrated throughout with sport-related case-studies and examples from around the world. Now in a fully revised and updated new edition, the book covers key topics such as: • choosing an appropriate research design

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419257806

• undertaking a literature review

Ethics and Sport

• data analysis, including an introduction to SPSS, as well as guides to descriptive and inferential statistics

Edited by M.J. McNamee and S.J. Parry

• writing a research report

1998: 234 x 156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-419-21510-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-47664-2

• key research techniques, including questionnaires, interviews, content analysis and ethnographic studies

• ethical issues in sports research.

Sport, Ethics and Philosophy

Research Methods in Sports Studies is designed to be a complete and self-contained companion to any research methods course and contains a wealth of useful features, such as highlighted definitions of key terms, revision questions, practical research exercises, and a companion website with web links, multiple choice questions, powerpoint slides, and other learning resources. The book is also an invaluable reference for any student undertaking a dissertation or research project as part of their studies.

For more information please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sep

Visit the companion website at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415493932

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419215103

related journal

Selected Contents: 1. What Is Research? 2. The Research Process 3. Research Traditions 4. Research Questions, Aims and Objectives 5. Reviewing the Literature 6. Theories, Concepts and Variables 7. Research Designs for Sport Studies 8. Collecting Data I: The Questionnaire Survey 9. Collecting Data II: Research Interviews 10. Collecting Data III: Unobtrusive Methods – Observation and Content Analysis 11. Collecting Data IV: Ethnographic Research in Sport 12. Analysing Data I: Quantitative Data Analysis 13. Analysing Data II: Qualitative Data Analysis 14. Writing the Research Report 15. Practical Issues 2009: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49392-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49393-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87938-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493932

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

R e s e arc h M e thods f or S p orts S tud i e s

Forthcoming in 2011

Mathematics and Science for Exercise and Sport

Single Case Research Methods in Sport and Exercise

The Basics

Jamie Barker, Staffordshire University, UK, Paul McCarthy, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK Marc Jones, Staffordshire University, UK and Aidan Moran, University College Dublin, Ireland

Craig Williams, Exeter University, UK, David James, University of Gloucestershire, UK and Cassie Wilson, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK

• What is single case research?

This book is an introduction to the basic mathematical and scientific principles underpinning sport and exercise science. It is an invaluable course companion for students who have little prior experience of maths or science, and an ideal revision aid for higher level undergraduate students. It is an ideal text for students of sport and exercise science, kinesiology, and the human movement sciences.

• How should it be used in sport and exercise science?

Single case research is a powerful method for examining behaviour and behavioural change and for assessing the efficacy of intervention. It has innumerable uses within the context of sport and exercise science, such as in the development of more effective performance techniques for athletes and sportspeople and in helping us to better understand exercise behaviours in clinical populations.

However, the fundamental principles and techniques of single case research have not always been clearly understood by students and researchers working in these fields.

This is the first book to fully explain single case research in the context of sport and exercise. Starting with first principles, the book offers a comprehensive introduction to the single case research process, from study design to data analysis and presentation. Including case studies and examples from across the sport and exercise sciences, the book provides practical guidance for students and researchers and demonstrates the advantages and common pitfalls of single case research for anybody working in applied or behavioural science.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Single Case Research: An Overview 2. Single Case Research: A Historical Perspective in Sport and Exercise 3. General Procedures in Single-Case Research 4. Behavioural Assessment 5. Multiple-Baseline Designs 6. Changing-Criterion Designs 7. Multiple-Treatment Designs 8. Data Analysis in Single-Case Research 9. Summing Up: Single Case Research in Sport and Exercise Practice January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56511-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56512-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86188-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565127

SPSS for Sport and Exercise Studies

2008: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-44168-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44169-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88964-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441698

New In Paperback

Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies Edited by Roger Bartlett, University of Otago, New Zealand, Chris Gratton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Christer G. Rolf, Sheffield University, UK

Now available in paperback, the Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies is the most authoritative and comprehensive single-volume reference work ever published on sport.

With over one million words of text arranged into more than 1000 entries and articles, it covers the full range of sub-disciplines within sports studies; including scientific, social scientific and medical approaches.

The encyclopedia is alphabetically organized and consists of: • principal articles covering key disciplinary areas, such as sports economics and sports history • large topical entries on central subjects such as resistance training and the diagnosis of sports injuries • smaller topical entries on subjects such as cross training and projectile motion

• short overviews of other important terms and concepts, from metabolism and motivation to muscle tension-length relationship.

2009: 1568pp Pb: 978-0-415-56147-1 £39.99

A Step-by-Step Guide for Students

related journal

Nikos Ntoumanis, University of Birmingham, UK 2001: 234 x 156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-24978-2: £21.99

Qualitative Research in Sport and Exercise

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415249782

For more information please visit; www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rqrs

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

63

i n d ex

64

A 1940 Tokyo Games: The Missing Olympics, The................ 38 Abrams, Jeff..................................................................... 29 Acquiring Skill in Sport: An Introduction.............................. 6 Adair, Daryl....................................................................... 48 Advances in Applied Sport Psychology................................ 3 Alegi, Peter....................................................................... 49 Allison, Lincoln.................................................................. 52 Allwood, Rachel................................................................ 43 Amateurism in British Sport............................................... 57 American Sports............................................................... 51 American Surfer, The........................................................ 45 America’s Game(s)............................................................ 51 Ancient World from A to Z (series).................................... 58 Anderson, Eric.................................................................. 39 Anderson, Jack................................................................. 34 Anderson, Mark.................................................................. 3 Andrews, David................................................................ 53 Anti-Sport Sentiments in Literature................................... 42 Araújo, Duarte.................................................................. 16 Armour, Kathleen M......................................................... 19 Armstrong, Gary............................................................... 45 Armstrong, Neil................................................................ 12 Askew, David.................................................................... 36 Astill, Sarah......................................................................... 6 Atkinson, Greg................................................................... 9 Auld, Chris........................................................................ 30 Australian Sport................................................................ 47 Australian Sport – Better by Design?................................. 27 Australia’s Asian Sporting Context, 1920s – 30s................ 54

B Bailey, Richard....................................................... 17, 19, 23 Bairner, Alan............................................................... 35, 40 Baker, Joe......................................................................... 15 Baker, Joseph...................................................................... 6 Bale, John............................................................... 5, 42, 57 Balkan Games and Balkan Politics in the Interwar Years 1929 – 1939, The.................................................... 56 Bandyopadhyay, Kausik............................................... 47, 52 Baquet, Georges............................................................... 12 Barker, Jamie.................................................................... 63 Bartlett, Roger.......................................................... 7, 8, 63 BASES Sport and Exercise Science (series)...................... 8, 12 Bateman, Anthony.............................................................. 5 Beamish, Rob.................................................................... 46 Beauchamp, Mark R............................................................ 3 Beijing 2008: Preparing for Glory...................................... 38 Beijing Olympiad, The....................................................... 36 Beijing Olympics, The........................................................ 37 Benn, Tansin..................................................................... 22

Blaydon, Michelle................................................................ 4

Collins, Tony..................................................................... 53

Bloyce, Daniel................................................................... 26

Conrad, Mark................................................................... 32

Bodily Democracy............................................................. 61

Containment of Soccer in Australia, The............................ 50

Body and Mind................................................................. 57

Contemporary Sociological Perspectives (series)................. 27

Body Knowledge and Control........................................... 21

Contemporary Sport, Leisure and Ergonomics..................... 9

Bolsmann, Chris................................................................ 49

Cornelissen, Scarlett......................................................... 54

Booth, Douglas................................................................. 53

Coyle, E.F.......................................................................... 13

Bose, Mihir....................................................................... 57

Crabbe, Tim...................................................................... 51

Boutcher, Steve................................................................... 5

Crafting Patriotism for Global Dominance......................... 38

Boxing, Masculinity and Identity........................................ 42

Creative Approaches to Physical Education........................ 21

Boyes, Simon.................................................................... 34

Cricket and Identity in Pakistan and Anglo-Pakistan........... 48

Brabazon, Tara.................................................................. 42

Cricket and National Identity in the Postcolonial Age......... 57

Brackenridge, Celia........................................................... 21

Cricket in Colonial India 1780 – 1947................................ 57

Bramham, Peter................................................................ 26

Cricket, Race and the 2007 World Cup............................. 52

Brawley, Sean................................................................... 54

Critical Inquiry and Problem Solving in Physical Education.. 21

Breckon, Peter.................................................................. 20

Critical Readings in Bodybuilding....................................... 44

Brewster, Claire................................................................. 55

’Critical Support’ for Sport................................................ 49

Brewster, Keith.................................................................. 55

Critical Youth Studies (series)............................................. 21

British Asians and Football................................................ 46

Crolley, Liz........................................................................ 42

Brittain, Ian....................................................................... 36

Culley, Peter........................................................................ 9

Bromley, Paul D........................................................... 10, 12

Cultural Politics of the Paralympic Movement, The............ 46

Brown, Adam................................................................... 51

Culture, Politics and Sport................................................. 46

Brown, Sean..................................................................... 51

Curi, Martin...................................................................... 47

Bryant, Jennings................................................................ 44

Cushion, Chris.................................................................. 19

Burden, Adrian................................................................... 8

Cuskelly, Graham.............................................................. 30

Burdsey, Daniel................................................................. 46 Burke, L.M........................................................................ 13

D

Burrows, Lisette................................................................ 21

Dagkas, Symeon............................................................... 23

Business of Sports, The..................................................... 32

Darby, Paul....................................................................... 51

Byrne, Nuala M................................................................. 24

David, Paulo...................................................................... 62

C

Davids, Keith....................................................................... 6

Cabello, D......................................................................... 15

Davis, Paul........................................................................ 59

Cabri, Jan......................................................................... 16

Davison, R.C. Richard........................................................ 12

Camps i Povill, Andreu...................................................... 31

Dayan, Daniel................................................................... 37

Davies, Brian............................................................... 21, 43

Capel, Susan............................................................... 20, 21

Developing Sport Expertise.................................................. 6

Carling, Christopher.......................................................... 17

Development of Movement Coordination in Children.......... 6

Carmichael Aitchison, Cara............................................... 42

Dimeo, Paul...................................................................... 14

Carrington, Ben................................................................ 45

Disability and Youth Sport................................................. 24

Carter, Neil....................................................................... 57

Disability, Sport and Society.............................................. 41

Cashmore, Ellis................................................................... 2

Doherty, Jonathan............................................................. 20

Cassidy, Tania G................................................................ 18

Donnelly, Michele K.......................................................... 21

Caudwell, Jayne................................................................ 46

Donnelly, Peter.................................................................. 39

Chakrabarti, Shantanu...................................................... 51

Doping in Sport................................................................ 14

Chakraborty, Subhas Ranjan............................................. 51

Driskell, Judy A........................................................... 12, 13

Changing Face of Cricket, The........................................... 50

Drugs in Sport................................................................... 14

Chappelet, Jean-Loup....................................................... 36

Drugs, Alcohol and Sport.................................................. 14

Chatterjee, Kingshuk........................................................ 51

Drust, Barry....................................................................... 15

Child Welfare in Football................................................... 21

Dunning, Eric.................................................................... 53

Children and Exercise XXIV................................................ 12

Dyreson, Mark...................................................... 38, 51, 52

Children and Exercise XXV................................................ 12 Children, Obesity and Exercise........................................... 24

E

Christopherson, Elizabeth................................................. 31

East Plays West................................................................. 53

Clarke, Gill........................................................................ 21

Eastman, Benjamin........................................................... 51

Clinical Skills for Exercise Science....................................... 10

Eating Disorders in Sport..................................................... 5

Close, Paul........................................................................ 36

Economics of Sport and Recreation, The........................... 32

Coaching Children in Sport............................................... 17

Economics of Sports Broadcasting, The............................. 32

Coaching Process, The...................................................... 18

Education, Disordered Eating and Obesity Discourse......... 43

Coakley, Jay...................................................................... 39

Eichberg, Henning............................................................ 61

Biometrics......................................................................... 44

Coalter, Fred..................................................................... 26

Elite Sport Development.................................................... 26

Biopolitics and the ‘Obesity Epidemic’............................... 43

Coelho, Joao Nuno........................................................... 57

Emery, Paul................................................................. 28, 30

Birch, Karen...................................................................... 10

Collins, Mike..................................................................... 25

Emigrant Players............................................................... 51

Birkbeck Law Press (series)................................................ 34

Collins, Sandra.................................................................. 38

Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies...................... 63

Bennett, Simon J................................................................. 6 Ben-Porat, Amir................................................................ 49 Berger, Ronald.................................................................. 27 Berthoin, Serge................................................................. 12 Biddle, Stuart J.H............................................................ 2, 5 Billings, Andrew C............................................................ 45 Biomechanical Evaluation of Movement in Sport and Exercise........................................................................ 8

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

index

End of the Obesity Epidemic, The...................................... 43 Equity and Inclusion in Physical Education......................... 21 Essentials of Performance Analysis, The............................. 17 Essentials of Sports Reporting and Writing, The................. 34 Eston, Roger..................................................................... 11 Ethics and Sport................................................................ 62 Ethics and Sport (series).................................. 59, 60, 61, 62 Ethics of Doping and Anti-Doping, The............................. 60 Ethics of Sports Coaching, The.......................................... 60 Ethics of Sports Medicine, The.......................................... 61 Ethics of Sports, The......................................................... 58 Ethics, Dis/Ability and Sports............................................. 60 Ethics, Knowledge and Truth in Sports Research................ 61 Ethics, Money and Sport................................................... 62 Evans, John................................................................. 21, 43 Evolutionary Playwork and Reflective Analytic Practice....... 20 Examining Sports Development......................................... 25 Exercise and Chronic Disease............................................... 9 Exercise and Eating Disorders............................................ 59 Exercise Dependence.......................................................... 4 Exercise, Health and Mental Health..................................... 4 Existential Psychology and Sport.......................................... 5 Exploring Sport and Fitness............................................... 30 Eys, Mark A........................................................................ 3

F Fair Play in Sport............................................................... 62 Falcous, Mark................................................................... 31 Farrow, Damian.................................................................. 6 Fastest, Highest, Strongest................................................ 46 Fathering Through Sport and Leisure................................. 27 Faulkner, Guy E.J................................................................. 4 Ferrand, Alain................................................................... 31 Field, Russell..................................................................... 54 Field, The.......................................................................... 53 Finance for Sport and Leisure Managers............................ 29 Fit for Consumption.......................................................... 43 Fitzgerald, Hayley.............................................................. 24 Flame Relay and the Olympic Movement, The................... 37 Food and Nutrients in Disease Management..................... 13 Food, Nutrition and Sports Performance II......................... 13 Football and Community in the Global Context................. 51 Football and European Identity.......................................... 42 Football Fans Around the World........................................ 51 Football in Brazil............................................................... 47 Football Manager, The...................................................... 57 Football: From England to the World................................. 57 Forty Years of Sport and Social Change, 1968-2008.......... 54 Foucault, Sport and Exercise.............................................. 41 Foundations of Sports Coaching........................................ 18 Fourcroy, Jean L................................................................ 13 Four-Minute Mile, The....................................................... 57 Fowler, Neil......................................................................... 8 Fox, Ken............................................................................. 5 Franks, Ian........................................................................ 17 Fringe Nations in World Soccer......................................... 52 Frontiers of Sport (series)................................................... 40 Fuller, Linda...................................................................... 34 Functional Anatomy for Sport and Exercise......................... 8

G Galily, Yair......................................................................... 49 Gallucci, Nicholas T............................................................. 2 Gamble, Paul.................................................................... 14 Gammon, Sean................................................................. 33 Garcia, Beatriz.................................................................. 36 Gard, Michael................................................................... 43 Gardiner, Simon................................................................ 34 Gay Games, The............................................................... 45 Gemmell, Jon.............................................................. 50, 52 Gems, Gerald R................................................................. 41 Gender and Physical Education......................................... 21 Gender, Sport, Science...................................................... 51 Genetic Technology and Sport.......................................... 62 Genetically Modified Athletes........................................... 62 George, Keith................................................................... 10 German Football............................................................... 42 Giardina, Michael D.......................................................... 21 Gibson, Heather J............................................................. 33 Gilchrist, Paul.................................................................... 47 Giordano, Simona............................................................. 59 Girginov, Vassil............................................................ 35, 36 Giulianotti, Richard..................................................... 52, 62 Global and Local Football.................................................. 45 Global Institutions (series)................................................. 36 Global Politics of Sport, The.............................................. 52 Global Sport Business............................................................

Globalised Football........................................................... 57 Gold, John R..................................................................... 36 Gold, Margaret M............................................................. 36 Golden, Mark................................................................... 58 Gratton, Chris....................................................... 32, 62, 63 Green, Christine................................................................ 30 Green, Ken....................................................................... 20 Green, Mick................................................................ 25, 26 Grey, Jenny....................................................................... 20 Grimshaw, Paul................................................................... 8 Groeneveld, Margaret....................................................... 28 Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology............... 3 Group Performance............................................................ 4 Grundlingh, Albert............................................................ 54 Guoth, Nick...................................................................... 54 Gymnastics, a Transatlantic Movement.............................. 55

H

Henry, Ian......................................................................... 28 Heritage, Sport and Tourism.............................................. 33 Hickey, Colm..................................................................... 55 Hill, Michael...................................................................... 27 Hills, Andrew P.................................................................. 24 History of Drug Use in Sport: 1876 – 1976, A................... 14 Hodges, Nicola J................................................................. 6 Holden, Russell................................................................. 47 Holt, Nicholas L................................................................. 24 Holvoet, Patrice................................................................. 15 Honeybourne, John............................................................ 6 Hong, Fan................................................................... 14, 52 Hong, Youlian................................................................. 7, 8 Hoop Dreams on Wheels.................................................. 27 Hopper, Bev...................................................................... 20 Horton, Sean.................................................................... 15 Houlihan, Barrie.............................................. 25, 26, 27, 28 Howe, David......................................................... 46, 57, 62 Hoye, Russell............................................................... 25, 30 HRM in the Sport and Leisure Industry.............................. 29 Huggins, Mike.................................................................. 53 Hughes, Bob..................................................................... 20 Hughes, Mike............................................................. 17, 19 Hughson, John E................................................... 33, 50, 56 Human Environmental Physiology..................................... 10 Human Muscle Fatigue..................................................... 11 Human Potential................................................................. 3 Human Rights in Youth Sport............................................ 62 Hylton, Kevin.............................................................. 26, 42

I Impact and Evaluation of Major Sporting Events, The........ 33 In Pursuit of Excellence...................................................... 27 Inclusion and Exclusion Through Youth Sport.................... 23 Instant Notes (series)........................................... 6, 8, 10, 11 Instant Notes in Human Physiology................................... 11 Instant Notes in Motor Control, Learning and Development.6 Instant Notes in Sport and Exercise Biomechanics................ 8 Instant Notes in Sport and Exercise Physiology................... 10 International Olympic Committee and the Olympic System, The................................................................................... 36 International Research in Science and Soccer..................... 15 International Research in Sports Biomechanics.................... 8 International Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport (series)............................................... 22, 23, 24 Introduction to Drugs in Sport, An.................................... 14

Haigh, Steven................................................................... 51

Introduction to Sports Biomechanics................................... 7

Hallinan, Christopher J...................................................... 50

Introduction to Sports Coaching, An................................. 19

Hamil, Sean...................................................................... 48

Issues in Physical Education............................................... 21

Hand, David...................................................................... 42

Issues in Teaching Series (series)........................................ 21

Handbook of Soccer Match Analysis................................. 17 Handbook of Sports and Media........................................ 44

J

Hanrahan, Stephanie.......................................................... 3

Jackson, Steven J.............................................................. 51

Hanrahan, Stephanie J...................................................... 18

James, David..................................................................... 63

Hanton, Sheldon................................................................. 3

Japan, Sport and Society................................................... 42

Hardman, Adrianne E........................................................ 10

Jarvie, Grant..................................................................... 41

Hardman, Alun R.............................................................. 60

Jarvis, Matt......................................................................... 2

Hargreaves, Jennifer.......................................................... 46

Jawad, Haifaa................................................................... 22

Hartley, Hazel.................................................................... 33

Jemni, Monem.................................................................. 15

Harwood, Valerie.............................................................. 43

Jenkins, John.................................................................... 31

Hassan, David............................................................. 48, 51

Jespersen, Ejgil.................................................................. 60

Hayes, Sid......................................................................... 21

Jesse Owens, the Press, and the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games................................................................. 37

Heaney, Caroline............................................................... 30

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

65

i n d ex

66

Jinxia, Dong...................................................................... 38 Johnson, P. Louise............................................................. 51 Jones, Andrew M.............................................................. 12 Jones, Carwyn.................................................................. 60 Jones, Ian.......................................................................... 62 Jones, Marc...................................................................... 63 Jones, Robyn L............................................................ 18, 19 Joyce, John....................................................................... 29 Jurimae, Jaak.................................................................... 12 Jurimae, Toivo................................................................... 12

K Karen, David..................................................................... 39 Kay, Tess........................................................................... 27 Kennedy, Eileen................................................................ 44 Kerr, John H.................................................................... 4, 5 Key Themes in Youth Sport............................................... 20 Key Topics in Sports Medicine........................................... 13 Kidd, Bruce................................................................. 49, 54 Kidman, Lynn.................................................................... 18 Kinanthropometry and Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual: Tests, Procedures and Data.................................. 11 Kinanthropometry IX........................................................ 11 Kinanthropometry Laboratory Manual.............................. 11 Kinanthropometry X......................................................... 11 Kinchin, Gary.................................................................... 21

M Macaloon, John J.................................................. 37, 38, 57

Moving the Goalposts....................................................... 53 Mukharji, Projit B.............................................................. 57

Macdonald, Doune..................................................... 21, 23

Muscular Christianity and the Colonial and Post-Colonial World............................................................................... 57

MacMahon, Clare............................................................... 6

Muslim Women and Sport................................................ 22

MacPhail, Ann.................................................................. 22

Mutrie, Nanette.................................................................. 2

Magdalinski, Tara.............................................................. 42 Magic of Indian Cricket, The............................................. 57 Maguire, Joseph......................................................... 31, 42 Majumdar, Boria............................................. 38, 48, 52, 57 Making of Sporting Cultures, The...................................... 56 Malcolm, Dominic........................................... 40, 42, 50, 53 Mallick, Sabyasachi........................................................... 52 Managing Performance Stress............................................. 5 Managing Public Sport and Leisure Services...................... 30 Managing Sport Facilities and Major Events....................... 30 Managing Sport Finance................................................... 29 Managing Voluntary Sport Organizations.......................... 29 Mangan, J. A............................................ 38, 42, 51, 52, 55 Marfell-Jones, Michael...................................................... 11 Marfell-Jones, Mike........................................................... 11 Marketing the Sports Organisation.................................... 31 Markula, Pirkko................................................................. 44 Markula-Denison, Pirkko................................................... 41 Martinez, Dolores............................................................. 57 Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport.................................. 45

N Naidoo, Urvasi.................................................................. 34 Nakayama, Masayoshi....................................................... 42 Narvani, A.A..................................................................... 13 Native Americans and Sport in North America................... 57 Nauright, John.................................................................. 52 Nesti, Mark............................................................... 2, 5, 59 Nichols, Geoff................................................................... 27 Nicholson, Matthew.................................................... 25, 27 Nijstad, Bernard A............................................................... 4 Notational Analysis of Sport.............................................. 17 Ntoumanis, Nikos.............................................................. 63 Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age................. 12 Nutrition and Football....................................................... 16 Nutritional Concerns in Recreation, Exercise, and Sport..... 13 Nutt, Gareth..................................................................... 21

O

Masters Athlete, The......................................................... 15

Oakley, Ben....................................................................... 30

Mathematics and Science for Exercise and Sport............... 63

Obesity Epidemic, The....................................................... 43

Matters of Sport............................................................... 42

O’Donoghue, Peter........................................................... 16

Maude, Patricia................................................................. 20

Ohl, Fabien....................................................................... 28

Maughan, Ron............................................................ 13, 16

Olds, Tim.......................................................................... 11

McArdle, David................................................................. 52

O’Leary, John.................................................................... 34

McCarthy, Paul................................................................. 63

Olympic Cities................................................................... 36

McCarthy, Scott................................................................ 31

Olympic Games and Cultural Policy, The............................ 36

McClelland, John.............................................................. 57

Olympic Games Explained, The......................................... 36

McDonald, Ian.................................................................. 45

Olympic Legacies: Intended and Unintended..................... 38

McFee, Graham................................................................ 61

Olympic Media.................................................................. 45

McKenzie, Callum............................................................. 55

Olympics, The................................................................... 35

L

McLaren, Don................................................................... 10

Olympism: The Global Vision............................................. 38

McLaughlin, Daniel........................................................... 11

O’Neill, Jean...................................................................... 20

Laker, Anthony................................................................. 21

McNamee, M.J.................................................................. 62

O’Sullivan, Mary................................................................ 22

Lalonde, Pierre-François.................................................... 31

McNamee, Mike J................................................. 58, 59, 60

Outdoor Recreation.......................................................... 31

Laucella, Pamela C............................................................ 37

Media and the Creation of Babe Ruth............................... 56

Outdoor Recreation Management..................................... 31

Lavin, Jim.......................................................................... 21

Mehta, Nalin..................................................................... 50

Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport, Exercise and Medicine... 12

Lawler, Kristin................................................................... 45

Mekjavic, Igor................................................................... 10

Leach, Rosemary............................................................... 26

Mellalieu, Stephen.............................................................. 3

P

Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School............................................................. 20

Mellor, Gavin.................................................................... 51

Pain and Injury in Sport..................................................... 62

Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series (series).............................................................................. 20

Men and the War on Obesity............................................ 43

Palmer, Richard................................................................. 29

Mental Toughness............................................................... 4

Papakonstantinou, Zinon.................................................. 56

Lees, A.............................................................................. 15

Mercer, Tom H.................................................................. 12

Paralympic Games Explained, The..................................... 36

Lees, Adrian........................................................................ 8

Metcalfe, Alan.................................................................. 57

Pargman, David.................................................................. 5

Legality of Boxing, The...................................................... 34

Miah, Andy....................................................................... 62

Parry, Jim.................................................................... 36, 59

Leisure and Recreation in a Victorian Mining Community.. 57

Militarism, Hunting, Imperialism........................................ 55

Parry, S.J........................................................................... 62

King, C Richard................................................................. 54 King, C............................................................................. 57 King, Neil A...................................................................... 24 Kingston, Kieran............................................................... 19 Kirk, David.................................................................. 19, 24 Kissoudi, Penelope............................................................ 56 Klein, Alan........................................................................ 51 Kohlstadt, Ingrid............................................................... 13 Korkusuz, Feza.................................................................. 16 Kremer, John....................................................................... 3 Kübler-Mabbott, Brenda................................................... 36

LeUnes, Arnold................................................................... 2

Milner, Clare....................................................................... 8

Participation in Sport......................................................... 25

Liao, Hanwen...................................................................... 9

Minten, Sue...................................................................... 29

Pascoe, John....................................................................... 9

Lindner, Koenraad J............................................................ 4

Mitchell, Jon P................................................................... 45

Payton, Carl........................................................................ 8

Lindsey, Iain...................................................................... 28

Modern Sport – The Global Obsession.............................. 52

Pedagogy and Human Movement..................................... 23

Locks, Adam..................................................................... 44

Moller, Verner................................................................... 60

Penney, Dawn................................................................... 21

Loland, Sigmund............................................................... 62

Molnar, Gyozo.................................................................. 35

Performance Assessment for Field Sports.......................... 17

Love, Christopher.............................................................. 57

Monaghan, Lee F.............................................................. 43

Pfister, Gertrud..................................................... 22, 41, 55

Lyle, John.......................................................................... 19

Moran, Aidan P............................................................. 3, 63

Pharmacology, Doping and Sports..................................... 13

Lynn, B............................................................................. 13

Morgan, William............................................................... 46 Motor Learning in Practice.................................................. 6

Philosophical Perspectives on Gender in Sport and Physical Activity.......................................................... 59

Mottram, David R............................................................. 14

Philosophy and the Sciences of Exercise, Health and Sport.59

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

INDEX

Philosophy, Risk and Adventure Sports.............................. 59

Robinson, Paul E............................................................... 18

Sport and Crime Reduction............................................... 27

Physical Activity and Health

Robinson, Simon............................................................... 59

Sport and Exercise Physiology Testing Guidelines............... 12

Physical Activity and Psychological Well-Being..................... 5

Robson, Stephen............................................................... 26

Sport and Exercise Psychology: The Key Concepts............... 2

Physical Culture, Power, and the Body............................... 46

Roderick, Martin......................................................... 32, 51

Sport and Fitness Sector, The............................................ 30

Physical Education and Development 3–11........................ 20

Roger Bannister and the Four-Minute Mile........................ 57

Sport and Foreign Policy in a Globalizing World................ 51

Physical Education Futures................................................ 24

Rolf, Christer G................................................................. 63

Sport and Gender Identities.............................................. 42

Physical Literacy................................................................ 22

Ronglan, Lars Tore............................................................. 19

Sport and Migration.......................................................... 31

Pigram, John..................................................................... 31

Routledge Advances in Sociology (series)........................... 45

Sport and Physical Education: The Key Concepts............... 20

Piotrowski, Susan.............................................................. 21

Routledge Advances in Tourism (series)............................. 31

Sport and Politics.............................................................. 40

Pitchford, Andy................................................................. 21

Routledge Communication Series (series).......................... 44

Sport and Social Exclusion................................................. 27

Pitts, Adrian........................................................................ 9

Routledge Companion to Sports History............................ 52

Sport and Society Reader, The........................................... 39

Planning, History and Environment Series (series).............. 36

Routledge Critical Studies in Sport (series)................... 45, 46

Sport and Sociology.......................................................... 40

Playing on the Periphery................................................... 42

Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology, The....... 3

Sport and Spirituality......................................................... 59

Plummer, Ryan.................................................................. 31

Sport and the English, 1918-1939..................................... 53

Politics of Sport in South Asia, The.................................... 51

Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science.............................................................. 7

Politics of Sport, The......................................................... 47

Routledge Handbook of Sports Development.................... 25

Sport Education in Physical Education............................... 21

Politics of Sports Development, The.................................. 27

Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship...................... 31

Sport Histories.................................................................. 53

Politics of the Olympics, The.............................................. 35

Routledge International Handbooks (series)................... 7, 52

Sport in Australian National Identity.................................. 50

Polley, Martin.................................................................... 53

Routledge Key Guides (series)....................................... 2, 20

Sport in Films.................................................................... 51

Poole, David C.................................................................. 12

Routledge Physical Education Reader, The......................... 19

Sport in South Asian Society............................................. 52

Pope, S.W......................................................................... 52

Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society (series)...................................................... 28, 36, 44

Sport in the Ancient World from A to Z............................. 58

10

Porter, Dilwyn................................................................... 57 Positive Youth Development Through Sport...................... 24

Routledge Studies in Health and Social Welfare (series)..... 43

Sport as History................................................................ 55

Sport in the City................................................................ 33 Sport in the Cultures of the Ancient World........................ 56

Potrac, Paul................................................................. 18, 19

Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society (series) 44

Poulton, Emma................................................................. 51

Routledge Teaching Guides (series)................................... 20

Power and Global Sport.................................................... 42

Rugby League in Twentieth Century Britain....................... 53

Practical Guide to Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School, A................................................... 20

Russell, Kate..................................................................... 21

Preuss, Holger................................................................... 33 Price, Monroe E................................................................ 37

S

Primary School Physical Education..................................... 20

Safety and Risk in Primary School Physical Education......... 20

Sport Past and Present in South Africa.............................. 54

Pringle, Richard................................................................. 41

Salmela, John H................................................................ 15

Sport Policy and Development........................................... 26

Projectile Dynamics in Sport................................................ 8

Sam, Michael.................................................................... 33

Sport Policy in Britain........................................................ 28

Psychology in Football......................................................... 2

Sands, William A............................................................... 15

Sport Psychology................................................................. 2

Psychology of Lifestyle, The................................................. 4

Savelsbergh, Geert.............................................................. 6

Sport Psychology: A Student’s Handbook............................ 2

Psychology of Physical Activity............................................. 2

Savelsbergh, Geert J.P......................................................... 6

Sport Studies Reader, The................................................. 41

Pugliese, Joseph................................................................ 44

Saxton, John....................................................................... 9

Sport Tourism................................................................... 33

Pure Sport........................................................................... 3

Schneider, Angela J........................................................... 14

Sport, Civil Liberties and Human Rights............................. 52

Science and Football V...................................................... 16

Sport, Culture and History................................................. 57

Science and Football VI..................................................... 16

Sport, Culture and Ideology in the State of Israel............... 49

Science and Racket Sports IV............................................. 15

Sport, Culture and Society................................................. 41

Science and Soccer........................................................... 16

Sport, Nationalism and Orientalism................................... 52

R

Science of Gymnastics, The............................................... 15

Sport, Physical Recreation and the Law............................. 33

Science of Training – Soccer, The....................................... 16

Sport, Professionalism and Pain......................................... 62

’Race’ and Sport............................................................... 42

Severs, John...................................................................... 20

Sport, Sexualities and Queer/Theory.................................. 46

Ralph, Michael.................................................................. 51

Sheard, Michael.................................................................. 4

Sport, Technology and the Body........................................ 42

Ramshaw, Gregory............................................................ 33

Simpson, Kirstie................................................................ 26

Sport, Theory and Social Problems.................................... 39

Raney, Arthur A................................................................ 44

Single Case Research Methods in Sport and Exercise......... 63

Sport, Violence and Society............................................... 40

Ratel, Sébastien................................................................ 11

Skill Acquisition in Sport...................................................... 6

Sport: Race, Ethnicity and Identity..................................... 48

Rea, Simon....................................................................... 30

Skirstad, Berit.................................................................... 62

Sporting Cultures.............................................................. 51

Reilly, the late Thomas................................ 9, 11, 15, 16, 17

Smith Maguire, Jennifer.................................................... 43

Sporting Sounds................................................................. 5

Reinardy, Scott.................................................................. 34

Smith, Aaron.............................................................. 27, 30

Sport-Loving Society, A..................................................... 42

Renshaw, Ian...................................................................... 6

Smith, Andy.......................................................... 14, 26, 41

Sports............................................................................... 39

Representing the Nation................................................... 55

Soccer’s Missing Men........................................................ 55

Sports Biomechanics........................................................... 8

Research Methods for Sports Performance Analysis........... 16

Social Capital and Sport Governance in Europe................. 28

Sports Coach as Educator, The.......................................... 19

Research Methods for Sports Studies................................ 62

Social History of English Rugby Union, A........................... 53

Sports Coaching Concepts................................................ 19

Rethinking Aggression and Violence in Sport...................... 5

Social History of Swimming in England, 1800 – 1918, A... 57

Sports Coaching Cultures.................................................. 19

Rethinking Gender and Youth Sport.................................. 24

Social Psychology: A Modular Course (series)....................... 4

Sports Development.......................................................... 26

Rhys, Martin..................................................................... 30

Sociology of Sport and Physical Education......................... 21

Sports Facilities and Technologies........................................ 9

Rich, Emma....................................................................... 43

Sociology of Sports Coaching, The.................................... 19

Sports Journalism.............................................................. 34

Richardson, Dave.............................................................. 16

Solberg, Harry Arne.......................................................... 32

Sports Law........................................................................ 34

Richardson, Niall............................................................... 44

South Africa and the Global Game.................................... 49

Sports Management Toolkit, The....................................... 28

Ritchie, Ian........................................................................ 46

Sport & Tourism: A Reader................................................ 32

Sports, Virtues and Vices................................................... 58

Robinson, Leigh.......................................................... 29, 30

Sport and American Society.............................................. 52

Sportscasters/Sportscasting............................................... 34

Q Quill, Mandy..................................................................... 21

CONTACT US – for further information, email sport@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives (series).......................................... 33, 37, 47, 48, 49, 50, 54 Sport in the Global Society - Historical perspectives (series)..................................................... 54, 55 Sport in the Global Society (series).................................... 14, 33, 38, 42, 51, 52, 56, 57 Sport in the Pacific............................................................ 54

67

hea d ing goe s here

68

SPSS for Sport and Exercise Studies................................... 63 Stafford, Ian...................................................................... 17 Stamford, Jonathan.......................................................... 11 Steen, Rob........................................................................ 34 Stensel, David J................................................................. 10 Stewart, Arthur................................................................. 11 Stewart, Bob..................................................................... 27 Stidder, Gary..................................................................... 21

U

XY

Understanding American Sports........................................ 41

Xin, Xu............................................................................. 36

Understanding Lifestyle Sport............................................ 46

Young People, Physical Activity and the Everyday.............. 23

Understanding Sports Coaching........................................ 18 Upton, Dominic.................................................................. 4

Young People’s Voices in Physical Education and Youth Sport...................................................................... 22

Utley, Andrea...................................................................... 6

Young, Christopher........................................................... 42 Young, Kevin.................................................................... 40

Stoddart, Brian.................................................................. 57

V

Story of Sport in England, The.......................................... 53

Valiotis, Chris.................................................................... 48

Strategic Sports Development........................................... 26

van der Kamp, John............................................................ 6

Stratton, Gareth................................................................ 16

van Leeuwen, Linda.......................................................... 30

Strength and Conditioning for Team Sports....................... 14

Vernon, David..................................................................... 3

Student Sport Studies (series)............................ 6, 27, 36, 53

Vertinsky, Patricia........................................................ 46, 51

Studies in African American History and Culture (series).... 37

Vickerman, Philip.............................................................. 20

Studies in American Popular History and Culture (series)... 56

Visual Perception and Action in Sport.................................. 6

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development.......... 9 Symons, Caroline.............................................................. 45

T

Youth Culture and Sport................................................... 21 Youth Soccer.................................................................... 16

W Waddington, Ivan........................................... 14, 42, 53, 62 Wagg, Stephen........................................................... 53, 57

Tamburrini, Claudio..................................................... 61, 62

Walsh, Adrian................................................................... 62

Tännsjö, Torbjörn........................................................ 61, 62

Wanta, Wayne.................................................................. 34

Taylor, Adrian H.................................................................. 4

Ward, Tony....................................................................... 50

Taylor, Peter...................................................................... 32

Washington, Robert E....................................................... 39

Taylor, Tracy...................................................................... 47

Watson, Nick.................................................................... 59

Teaching Physical Education in the Primary School............. 20

Weaving, Charlene........................................................... 59

Teaching Physical Education to Children with Special Educational Needs................................................. 20

Weed, Mike...................................................................... 32

The Rise of Stadiums in the Modern United States............ 51

Welch, Roger.................................................................... 34

Thirlaway, Kathryn.............................................................. 4

Wellard, Ian...................................................................... 24

This Great Symbol............................................................. 38

Westerbeek, Hans....................................................... 27, 30

Thomas, Nigel................................................................... 41

Whannel, Garry................................................................ 46

Thomas, P......................................................................... 13

Wheaton, Belinda............................................................. 46

Thompson, Ron A............................................................... 5

White, Anita..................................................................... 27

Weir, Patricia..................................................................... 15

Tiesler, Nina Clara............................................................. 57

White, Colin....................................................................... 8

Tinning, Richard................................................................ 23

White, David..................................................................... 11

Tipton, Mike..................................................................... 10

Whitehead, Margaret.................................................. 20, 22

Tomlinson, Alan.......................................................... 41, 42

Who Owns Football?........................................................ 48

Toohey, Kristine................................................................. 47

Why Minorities Play or Don’t Play Soccer........................... 47

Torres, G........................................................................... 15

Why Sports Morally Matter............................................... 46

Torrigiani, Luiggino........................................................... 31

Wider Social Role for Sport, A........................................... 26

Transnational and Comparative Research in Sport............. 28

Wigglesworth, Neil........................................................... 53

Trattner Sherman, Roberta.................................................. 5

Williams, A. Mark............................................. 6, 15, 16, 17

Trimble, Patrick Adam....................................................... 56

Williams, Anne................................................................. 20

Trumpbour, Robert............................................................ 51

Williams, Craig........................................................... 11, 63

Tucker, Lee........................................................................ 26

Williams, Jack................................................................... 53

Turner, Paul....................................................................... 30

Williams, John G................................................................. 6 Wilson, Cassie.................................................................. 63 Wilson, Robert J................................................................ 29 Winter, Edward M............................................................. 12 Wolinsky, Ira..................................................................... 13 Wolsey, Chris.................................................................... 29 Women and Exercise......................................................... 44 Wood, David..................................................................... 51 Woodward, Kath.............................................................. 42 Work of Professional Football, The.................................... 32 Working with Volunteers in Sport..................................... 30 Wright, Jan........................................................... 21, 23, 43

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue.

Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/sport

Order your books today...

Qty Title

ISBN

Price

Please use this form to order directly from us.

If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK. Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

FREEPOST: Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB

(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

UK:

5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge).

Next day delivery +£6.50*

Europe:

10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge).

Next day delivery +£6.50*

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system.

ISBN: 978-0-418-24182-0

ebooks:

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

ORDER ONLINE

AND RECEIVE FREE P&P!

SPOR1001

A B C D E

Please turn overleaf to complete ‘Your Details’ and ‘Method of Payment’

Inspection copy request To order a inspection copy, please contact us using one of the methods below.

Order your books from

online: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

email:

sport@routledge.com

Fax:

+44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com

TOTAL

Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge).

email:

sport@routledge.com online:

www.routledge.com

P&P

postage & packaging

telephone (credit cards):

+44 (0)1235 400524

library recommendation I recommend you purchase this/these book(s): Title: Author:

ISBN:

Price:

ISBN:

Price:

ISBN:

Price:

ISBN:

Price:

Title: Author: Title: Author: Title: Author:

Please turn overleaf to complete your recommendation form

www.routledge.com/sport

ORDER ONLINE

Method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type.

AND RECEIVE FREE P&P! Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________

Order your books from

I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________

www.routledge.com

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Card number:

eBooks

Name on credit card: _____________________________________________________________ Issue No.*: _______

Over 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

Start date: _______ /_______

Expiry date: _______ /_______

Security No.: (last 3 digits of security number on back of card)

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ (order not valid without signature)

Get your FREE catalogues today!

All of our subject catalogues are now fully interactive and available to download for FREE at www.routledge.com/catalogs.

If you would like to request a paper copy, please email info@routledge.com.

Your Details

*only if paying by Maestro

– Please use block capitals.

First Name: Surname: Email: Department: Institution: VAT No. (EU Member States): Address:

Postcode:

Country:

Telephone:

order your journals To purchase or to subscribe to any of our authoritative journals, please contact us using one of the methods below:

online:

www.informaworld.com/journals

email:

tf.enquiries@informa.com

telephone: +44 (0)20 7017 5544

library recommendation To: From: Position: Department: Course(s) for which the book(s) would be relevant and why: